]> gcc.gnu.org Git - gcc.git/blame - gcc/target.def
Update copyright years.
[gcc.git] / gcc / target.def
CommitLineData
38f8b050 1/* Target hook definitions.
818ab71a 2 Copyright (C) 2001-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
38f8b050
JR
3
4 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
5 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
6 Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
7 later version.
8
9 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see
16 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17
18 In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
19 You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
20 what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! */
21
acce4e77
JM
22/* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be
23 provided by the including file, and how to use them here. */
24#include "target-hooks-macros.h"
38f8b050 25
acce4e77
JM
26#undef HOOK_TYPE
27#define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook"
38f8b050 28
acce4e77 29HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target)
38f8b050
JR
30
31/* Functions that output assembler for the target. */
32#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_"
33HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out)
34
35/* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping. */
36DEFHOOKPOD
37(open_paren,
673c2f63
JM
38 "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\
39assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. If not overridden, they\n\
40default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.",
38f8b050
JR
41 const char *, "(")
42DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")")
43
44/* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object. */
45DEFHOOKPOD
46(byte_op,
673c2f63
JM
47 "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
48@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
49@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
50@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
51@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
52@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
53@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
54@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
55These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\
56of integer object. The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\
57byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\
58aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be\n\
59@code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\
60\n\
61The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\
62followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases,\n\
63the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.",
38f8b050
JR
64 const char *, "\t.byte\t")
65DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP)
66DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP)
67
ad0c4c36
DD
68/* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
69 LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER. */
70DEFHOOK
71(label_align_after_barrier_max_skip,
673c2f63
JM
72 "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
73@code{LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER}. This works only if\n\
74@code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
9158a0d8 75 int, (rtx_insn *label),
ad0c4c36
DD
76 default_label_align_after_barrier_max_skip)
77
78/* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
79 LOOP_ALIGN. */
80DEFHOOK
81(loop_align_max_skip,
673c2f63
JM
82 "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LOOP_ALIGN} to\n\
83@var{label}. This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is\n\
84defined.",
9158a0d8 85 int, (rtx_insn *label),
ad0c4c36
DD
86 default_loop_align_max_skip)
87
88/* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
89 LABEL_ALIGN. */
90DEFHOOK
91(label_align_max_skip,
673c2f63
JM
92 "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LABEL_ALIGN}\n\
93to @var{label}. This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN}\n\
94is defined.",
9158a0d8 95 int, (rtx_insn *label),
ad0c4c36
DD
96 default_label_align_max_skip)
97
98/* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
99 JUMP_ALIGN. */
100DEFHOOK
101(jump_align_max_skip,
673c2f63
JM
102 "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
103@code{JUMP_ALIGN}. This works only if\n\
104@code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
9158a0d8 105 int, (rtx_insn *label),
ad0c4c36
DD
106 default_jump_align_max_skip)
107
38f8b050
JR
108/* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose
109 value is given by X. SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and
110 ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned. Return true if
111 successful. Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP
112 and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL. */
113DEFHOOK
114(integer,
673c2f63
JM
115 "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\
116integer object. @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\
117in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned. The\n\
118function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\
119object. If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\
120split the object into smaller parts.\n\
121\n\
122The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\
123@code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\
124when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.",
38f8b050
JR
125 /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are
126 NULL. */
127 bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p),
128 default_assemble_integer)
129
dc2af904
BS
130/* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a
131 decl. */
132DEFHOOK
133(decl_end,
134 "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\
135terminate an initialized variable declaration.",
136 void, (void),
137 hook_void_void)
138
38f8b050
JR
139/* Output code that will globalize a label. */
140DEFHOOK
141(globalize_label,
673c2f63
JM
142 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
143@var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\
144that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
145\n\
146The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\
147@code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.",
38f8b050
JR
148 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name),
149 default_globalize_label)
150
151/* Output code that will globalize a declaration. */
152DEFHOOK
153(globalize_decl_name,
673c2f63
JM
154 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
155@var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\
156global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
157\n\
158The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.",
38f8b050
JR
159 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name)
160
0d4b5b86
BS
161/* Output code that will declare an external variable. */
162DEFHOOK
163(assemble_undefined_decl,
164 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
165@var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\
166@var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit. Most\n\
167assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.",
168 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name, const_tree decl),
169 hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree)
170
38f8b050
JR
171/* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this
172 target requires such labels. Second argument is the decl the
173 unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if
174 this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if
175 this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE. */
176DEFHOOK
177(emit_unwind_label,
673c2f63
JM
178 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@. It\n\
179should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\
180should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\
181function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\
182The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\
183exception table. The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\
184true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\
185\n\
186The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.",
38f8b050
JR
187 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty),
188 default_emit_unwind_label)
189
190/* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table. */
191DEFHOOK
192(emit_except_table_label,
673c2f63
JM
193 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\
194It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\
195to be broken up according to function.\n\
196\n\
197The default is that no label is emitted.",
38f8b050
JR
198 void, (FILE *stream),
199 default_emit_except_table_label)
200
a68b5e52
RH
201/* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function. */
202DEFHOOK
203(emit_except_personality,
204 "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\
205 used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\
206 info. This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.",
207 void, (rtx personality),
208 NULL)
209
38f8b050
JR
210/* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction. */
211DEFHOOK
212(unwind_emit,
673c2f63
JM
213 "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\
214given instruction. This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\
215returns @code{UI_TARGET}.",
ac44248e 216 void, (FILE *stream, rtx_insn *insn),
2784ed9c 217 NULL)
38f8b050 218
3bc6b3e6
RH
219DEFHOOKPOD
220(unwind_emit_before_insn,
221 "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\
222 the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\
223 be called afterward.",
224 bool, true)
225
4ee3b013
JR
226/* Generate an internal label.
227 For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL. */
228DEFHOOK_UNDOC
229(generate_internal_label,
230 "",
231 void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
232 default_generate_internal_label)
233
38f8b050
JR
234/* Output an internal label. */
235DEFHOOK
236(internal_label,
673c2f63
JM
237 "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\
238name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\
239\n\
240It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\
241used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs\n\
242will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\
243\n\
244It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\
245object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\
246should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\
247beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what\n\
248convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\
249\n\
250The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.",
38f8b050
JR
251 void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
252 default_internal_label)
253
254/* Output label for the constant. */
ad78130c 255DEFHOOK
38f8b050 256(declare_constant_name,
673c2f63
JM
257 "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\
258for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined. This\n\
259target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\
260@code{assemble_label}). The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\
261and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes. The @var{name}\n\
262will be an internal label.\n\
263\n\
264The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\
265usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\
266\n\
267You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.",
ad78130c 268 void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
38f8b050
JR
269 default_asm_declare_constant_name)
270
271/* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object. */
272DEFHOOK
273(ttype,
673c2f63
JM
274 "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\
275the type_info object identified by @var{sym}. It should return @code{true}\n\
276if the reference was output. Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\
277reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.",
38f8b050
JR
278 bool, (rtx sym),
279 hook_bool_rtx_false)
280
281/* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol
282 associated with the tree decl. */
283DEFHOOK
284(assemble_visibility,
673c2f63
JM
285 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\
286commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\
287hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.",
38f8b050
JR
288 void, (tree decl, int visibility),
289 default_assemble_visibility)
290
291/* Output the assembler code for entry to a function. */
292DEFHOOK
293(function_prologue,
673c2f63
JM
294 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\
295function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\
296initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\
297saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\
298local variables. @var{size} is an integer. @var{file} is a stdio\n\
299stream to which the assembler code should be output.\n\
300\n\
301The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\
302macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\
303\n\
304@findex regs_ever_live\n\
305To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\
306@code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\
307@var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function\n\
308prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\
309call-used registers. (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\
310@code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\
311\n\
312On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\
313not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\
314they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\
315appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\
316registers are used in the function.\n\
317\n\
318@findex frame_pointer_needed\n\
319On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
320function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\
321pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a\n\
322frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
323@code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\
324time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}.\n\
325\n\
326The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\
327required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions\n\
328listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\
329order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\
330stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\
331the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order\n\
332for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\
333compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard\n\
334or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\
335need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.",
38f8b050
JR
336 void, (FILE *file, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
337 default_function_pro_epilogue)
338
339/* Output the assembler code for end of prologue. */
340DEFHOOK
341(function_end_prologue,
673c2f63
JM
342 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\
343prologue. This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\
344emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
345emitted. @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.",
38f8b050
JR
346 void, (FILE *file),
347 no_asm_to_stream)
348
349/* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue. */
350DEFHOOK
351(function_begin_epilogue,
673c2f63
JM
352 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\
353epilogue. This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\
354emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
355emitted. @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.",
38f8b050
JR
356 void, (FILE *file),
357 no_asm_to_stream)
358
359/* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
360DEFHOOK
361(function_epilogue,
673c2f63
JM
362 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\
363function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\
364registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\
365called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the\n\
366same arguments as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\
367registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\
368@code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\
369\n\
370On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\
371of returning from the function. On these machines, give that\n\
372instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\
373@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\
374\n\
375Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\
376@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target\n\
377switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\
378define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\
379target switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\
380condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\
381\n\
382On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
383function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these\n\
384two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer\n\
385is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
386@code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\
387a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\
388\n\
389Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\
390@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\
391The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\
392function. @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\
393\n\
394On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\
395others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when\n\
396given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\
397number of arguments.\n\
398\n\
399@findex pops_args\n\
400@findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\
401Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\
402functions pop their own arguments. @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\
403needs to know what was decided. The number of bytes of the current\n\
404function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\
405@code{crtl->args.pops_args}. @xref{Scalar Return}.",
38f8b050
JR
406 void, (FILE *file, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
407 default_function_pro_epilogue)
408
409/* Initialize target-specific sections. */
410DEFHOOK
411(init_sections,
673c2f63
JM
412 "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\
413@file{varasm.c} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\
414of its own that you need to create.\n\
415\n\
416GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\
417any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\
418described below.",
38f8b050
JR
419 void, (void),
420 hook_void_void)
421
422/* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS.
423 If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with
424 which this section is associated. */
425DEFHOOK
426(named_section,
673c2f63
JM
427 "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}. The section\n\
428should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\
429of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}. If @var{decl}\n\
430is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\
431this section is associated.",
38f8b050
JR
432 void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl),
433 default_no_named_section)
434
f16d3f39
JH
435/* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL.
436 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot
437 functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only
438 at startup (from static constructors or it is main()).
439 EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit
440 (from static destructors).
441 Return NULL if function should go to default text section. */
442DEFHOOK
443(function_section,
673c2f63
JM
444 "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\
445Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\
446functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\
447at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\
448@var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\
449(from static destructors).\n\
450Return NULL if function should go to default text section.",
f16d3f39
JH
451 section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit),
452 default_function_section)
453
14d11d40
IS
454/* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
455DEFHOOK
456(function_switched_text_sections,
457 "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\
458 labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\
459 sections. Output should be written to @var{file}. The function\
460 decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\
461 @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.",
462 void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold),
463 default_function_switched_text_sections)
464
38f8b050
JR
465/* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when
466 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations
467 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if
468 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section. */
469DEFHOOK
470(reloc_rw_mask,
673c2f63
JM
471 "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\
472selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\
473should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\
474local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\
475\n\
476The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\
477is in effect, and 0 otherwise. The hook is typically redefined\n\
478when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\
479in read-only sections even in executables.",
38f8b050
JR
480 int, (void),
481 default_reloc_rw_mask)
482
483 /* Return a section for EXP. It may be a DECL or a constant. RELOC
484 is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be
485 set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution.
486 ALIGN is the required alignment of the data. */
487DEFHOOK
488(select_section,
673c2f63
JM
489 "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed. You can\n\
490assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\
491some sort. @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\
492requires link-time relocations. Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\
493local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\
494@var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\
495\n\
496The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\
497variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\
498\n\
499See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.",
38f8b050
JR
500 section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
501 default_select_section)
502
503/* Return a section for X. MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its
504 alignment in bits. */
505DEFHOOK
506(select_rtx_section,
673c2f63
JM
507 "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\
508should be placed. You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\
509constant in RTL@. The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\
510case of a @code{const_int} rtx. @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\
511in bits.\n\
512\n\
513The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\
514constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\
515else in @code{readonly_data_section}.",
ef4bddc2 516 section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
38f8b050
JR
517 default_select_rtx_section)
518
519/* Select a unique section name for DECL. RELOC is the same as
520 for SELECT_SECTION. */
521DEFHOOK
522(unique_section,
673c2f63
JM
523 "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\
524and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
525As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\
526the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\
527\n\
528The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\
529ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol. For\n\
530example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\
531Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.",
38f8b050
JR
532 void, (tree decl, int reloc),
533 default_unique_section)
534
535/* Return the readonly data section associated with function DECL. */
536DEFHOOK
537(function_rodata_section,
673c2f63
JM
538 "Return the readonly data section associated with\n\
539@samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
540The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\
541the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\
542if function is in @code{.text.name}, and the normal readonly-data section\n\
543otherwise.",
38f8b050
JR
544 section *, (tree decl),
545 default_function_rodata_section)
546
727a65e6
BS
547/* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix
548 for mergeable data sections. */
549DEFHOOKPOD
550(mergeable_rodata_prefix,
551 "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\
552section names for mergeable constant data. Define this macro to override\n\
553the string if a different section name should be used.",
554 const char *, ".rodata")
555
50b0b78a
IS
556/* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables. */
557DEFHOOK
558(tm_clone_table_section,
559 "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\
560 tables.",
561 section *, (void), default_clone_table_section)
562
38f8b050
JR
563/* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
564DEFHOOK
565(constructor,
673c2f63
JM
566 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\
567the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\
568\n\
569Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\
570no arguments and with no return value. If the target supports initialization\n\
571priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\
572otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\
573\n\
574If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\
575be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\
576target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\
577is not defined.",
38f8b050
JR
578 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
579
580/* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
581DEFHOOK
582(destructor,
673c2f63
JM
583 "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\
584functions rather than initialization functions.",
38f8b050
JR
585 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
586
587/* Output the assembler code for a thunk function. THUNK_DECL is the
588 declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
589 the target function. DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
590 added to THIS. If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at
591 *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS. */
592DEFHOOK
593(output_mi_thunk,
673c2f63
JM
594 "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\
595function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\
596inheritance. The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\
597adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\
598the real function.\n\
599\n\
600First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\
601contains the incoming first argument. Assume that this argument\n\
602contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\
603in C++. This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\
604e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc. The addition must preserve the values of\n\
605all other incoming arguments.\n\
606\n\
607Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\
608made after adding @code{delta}. In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\
609adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\
610\n\
611@smallexample\n\
612p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\
613@end smallexample\n\
614\n\
615After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\
616@code{FUNCTION_DECL}. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\
617not touch the return address. Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\
618return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\
619\n\
620The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\
621the adjusted first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\
622of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\
623and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\
624\n\
625The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant. (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\
626have already been extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on\n\
627some targets, but probably not.\n\
628\n\
629If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\
630front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\
631@var{function} instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does\n\
632not support varargs.",
38f8b050
JR
633 void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
634 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function),
635 NULL)
636
637/* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed. */
638/* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure
639 would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly. But there's
640 too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk.
641 Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of
642 text to the output file. */
643DEFHOOK
644(can_output_mi_thunk,
673c2f63
JM
645 "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\
646to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\
647arguments it is passed, and false otherwise. In the latter case, the\n\
648generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\
649previously exposed.",
38f8b050
JR
650 bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
651 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function),
652 hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false)
653
654/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a
655 translation unit. */
656DEFHOOK
657(file_start,
673c2f63
JM
658 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\
659find at the beginning of a file. The default behavior is controlled\n\
660by two flags, documented below. Unless your target's assembler is\n\
661quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\
662@code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook. This\n\
663lets other target files rely on these variables.",
38f8b050
JR
664 void, (void),
665 default_file_start)
666
667/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit. */
668DEFHOOK
669(file_end,
673c2f63
JM
670 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
671to find at the end of a file. The default is to output nothing.",
38f8b050
JR
672 void, (void),
673 hook_void_void)
674
675/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an
676 LTO output stream. */
677DEFHOOK
678(lto_start,
673c2f63
JM
679 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
680to find at the start of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
681nothing.",
38f8b050
JR
682 void, (void),
683 hook_void_void)
684
685/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an
686 LTO output stream. */
687DEFHOOK
688(lto_end,
673c2f63
JM
689 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
690to find at the end of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
691nothing.",
38f8b050
JR
692 void, (void),
693 hook_void_void)
694
695/* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a
696 translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted. */
697DEFHOOK
698(code_end,
673c2f63
JM
699 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\
700unwind info and debug info at the end of a file. Some targets emit\n\
701here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\
702because they couldn't have unwind info then. The default is to output\n\
703nothing.",
38f8b050
JR
704 void, (void),
705 hook_void_void)
706
707/* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name
708 external. */
709DEFHOOK
710(external_libcall,
673c2f63
JM
711 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
712pseudo-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the\n\
713library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.",
38f8b050
JR
714 void, (rtx symref),
715 default_external_libcall)
716
717/* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs
718 linker to not dead code strip this symbol. */
719DEFHOOK
720(mark_decl_preserved,
673c2f63
JM
721 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
722directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used. The Darwin target uses the\n\
723.no_dead_code_strip directive.",
38f8b050
JR
724 void, (const char *symbol),
725 hook_void_constcharptr)
726
727/* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed. */
728DEFHOOK
729(record_gcc_switches,
673c2f63
JM
730 "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\
731switches that have been passed to the compiler, and options that are\n\
732enabled. The @var{type} argument specifies what is being recorded.\n\
733It can take the following values:\n\
734\n\
735@table @gcctabopt\n\
736@item SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED\n\
737@var{text} is a command line switch that has been set by the user.\n\
738\n\
739@item SWITCH_TYPE_ENABLED\n\
740@var{text} is an option which has been enabled. This might be as a\n\
741direct result of a command line switch, or because it is enabled by\n\
742default or because it has been enabled as a side effect of a different\n\
743command line switch. For example, the @option{-O2} switch enables\n\
744various different individual optimization passes.\n\
745\n\
746@item SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE\n\
747@var{text} is either NULL or some descriptive text which should be\n\
748ignored. If @var{text} is NULL then it is being used to warn the\n\
749target hook that either recording is starting or ending. The first\n\
750time @var{type} is SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE and @var{text} is NULL, the\n\
751warning is for start up and the second time the warning is for\n\
752wind down. This feature is to allow the target hook to make any\n\
753necessary preparations before it starts to record switches and to\n\
754perform any necessary tidying up after it has finished recording\n\
755switches.\n\
756\n\
757@item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_START\n\
758This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
759\n\
760@item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_END\n\
761This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
762@end table\n\
763\n\
764The hook's return value must be zero. Other return values may be\n\
765supported in the future.\n\
766\n\
767By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\
768provided for ELF based targets. Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\
769it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\
770section in the assembler output file. The name of the new section is\n\
771provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\
772hook.",
38f8b050
JR
773 int, (print_switch_type type, const char *text),
774 NULL)
775
776/* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of
777 record_gcc_switches will use to store the information. Target
778 specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use
779 this information. */
780DEFHOOKPOD
781(record_gcc_switches_section,
673c2f63
JM
782 "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\
783ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\
784hook.",
38f8b050
JR
785 const char *, ".GCC.command.line")
786
787/* Output the definition of a section anchor. */
788DEFHOOK
789(output_anchor,
673c2f63
JM
790 "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\
791@code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\
792The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\
793of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\
794\n\
795If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\
796it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\
797If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\
798is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.",
38f8b050
JR
799 void, (rtx x),
800 default_asm_output_anchor)
801
a8781821
SB
802DEFHOOK
803(output_ident,
804 "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident} \
805 directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages. \
806 If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident} \
807 directive.",
808 void, (const char *name),
809 hook_void_constcharptr)
810
38f8b050
JR
811/* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol. */
812DEFHOOK
813(output_dwarf_dtprel,
673c2f63
JM
814 "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\
815reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.",
38f8b050
JR
816 void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x),
817 NULL)
818
819/* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output. */
820DEFHOOK
821(final_postscan_insn,
673c2f63
JM
822 "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\
823output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\
824if necessary.\n\
825\n\
826Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\
827extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\
828elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\
829The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\
830template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\
831by checking the contents of the vector.",
ac44248e 832 void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands),
38f8b050
JR
833 NULL)
834
835/* Emit the trampoline template. This hook may be NULL. */
836DEFHOOK
837(trampoline_template,
673c2f63
JM
838 "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\
839on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\
840the constant parts of a trampoline. This code should not include a\n\
841label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\
842\n\
843If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\
844for the target. Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\
845code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\
846to generate it on the spot.",
38f8b050
JR
847 void, (FILE *f),
848 NULL)
849
b5f5d41d
AS
850DEFHOOK
851(output_source_filename,
852 "Output COFF information or DWARF debugging information which indicates\
853 that filename @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio\
854 stream @var{file}.\n\
855 \n\
856 This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\
857 for the file format in use is appropriate.",
858 void ,(FILE *file, const char *name),
859 default_asm_output_source_filename)
860
6cbd8875
AS
861DEFHOOK
862(output_addr_const_extra,
673c2f63
JM
863 "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\
864can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\
865the pattern @var{x}. This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\
866@code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\
867\n\
868If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\
869so that a standard error message is printed. If it prints an error message\n\
870itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\
871return @code{true}.",
6cbd8875 872 bool, (FILE *file, rtx x),
e1267133 873 hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false)
6cbd8875 874
38f8b050
JR
875/* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct,
876 even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their
877 initializers. */
878#undef HOOK_PREFIX
879#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
880
881/* Emit a machine-specific insn operand. */
4d00d5dd
JR
882/* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND,
883 not this hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE. */
38f8b050
JR
884DEFHOOK_UNDOC
885(print_operand,
886 "",
887 void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code),
888 default_print_operand)
889
890/* Emit a machine-specific memory address. */
4d00d5dd
JR
891/* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS,
892 not this hook, and uses different argument names. */
38f8b050
JR
893DEFHOOK_UNDOC
894(print_operand_address,
895 "",
cc8ca59e 896 void, (FILE *file, machine_mode mode, rtx addr),
38f8b050
JR
897 default_print_operand_address)
898
899/* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the
900 `print_operand' hook. */
4d00d5dd
JR
901/* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P,
902 not this hook. */
38f8b050
JR
903DEFHOOK_UNDOC
904(print_operand_punct_valid_p,
905 "",
906 bool ,(unsigned char code),
907 default_print_operand_punct_valid_p)
908
77754180
DK
909/* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and
910 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE. */
911DEFHOOK
912(mangle_assembler_name,
913 "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.c}'s\
914 @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\
915 result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}. Required for correct LTO symtabs. The\
916 default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\
917 then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.",
918 tree, (const char *name),
919 default_mangle_assembler_name)
920
38f8b050
JR
921HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out)
922
923/* Functions relating to instruction scheduling. All of these
924 default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.c looks for and handles. */
925#undef HOOK_PREFIX
926#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_"
927HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched)
928
929/* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and
930 return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through
931 the dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment. */
932DEFHOOK
933(adjust_cost,
673c2f63
JM
934 "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\
935relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through the\n\
936dependence @var{link}. It should return the new value. The default\n\
937is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be used for example\n\
938to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline description\n\
939that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost as a\n\
940data-dependence. If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\
941description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\
942output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\
943times of the first and the second insns. If these values are not\n\
944acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too. See also\n\
945@pxref{Processor pipeline description}.",
ac44248e 946 int, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx link, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
947
948/* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit. Returns the new priority. */
949DEFHOOK
950(adjust_priority,
673c2f63
JM
951 "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\
952@var{insn}. It should return the new priority. Increase the priority to\n\
953execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\
954later. Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\
955scheduling priorities of insns.",
ac44248e 956 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
957
958/* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be
959 scheduled in the same machine cycle. This must be constant
960 over an entire compilation. The default is 1. */
961DEFHOOK
962(issue_rate,
673c2f63
JM
963 "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\
964issue at the same time on the target machine. The default is one.\n\
965Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\
966an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\
967constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\
968hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\
969This value must be constant over the entire compilation. If you need\n\
970it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\
971@samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.",
38f8b050
JR
972 int, (void), NULL)
973
974/* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we
975 can emit this cycle. Default is they all cost the same. */
976DEFHOOK
977(variable_issue,
673c2f63
JM
978 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\
979from the ready list. It should return the number of insns which can\n\
980still be issued in the current cycle. The default is\n\
981@samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\
982@code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\
983You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\
984than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\
985@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
986debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
987@option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\
988was scheduled.",
ac44248e 989 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
990
991/* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
992DEFHOOK
993(init,
673c2f63
JM
994 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\
995instructions that are to be scheduled. @var{file} is either a null\n\
996pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. @var{verbose}\n\
997is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
998@var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\
999region that can be live at the same time. This can be used to allocate\n\
1000scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.",
38f8b050
JR
1001 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL)
1002
1003/* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1004DEFHOOK
1005(finish,
673c2f63
JM
1006 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\
1007instructions that are to be scheduled. It can be used to perform\n\
1008cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks. @var{file}\n\
1009is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\
1010to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1011@option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
38f8b050
JR
1012 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1013
1014 /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1015DEFHOOK
1016(init_global,
673c2f63
JM
1017 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\
1018@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1019@var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1020@var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.",
38f8b050
JR
1021 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL)
1022
1023/* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1024DEFHOOK
1025(finish_global,
673c2f63
JM
1026 "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\
1027@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1028@var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
38f8b050
JR
1029 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1030
1031/* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different
1032 places. Default does nothing. */
1033DEFHOOK
1034(reorder,
673c2f63
JM
1035 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\
1036list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\
1037combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\
1038@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1039debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1040@option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\
1041list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled. @var{n_readyp} is\n\
1042a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list. The scheduler\n\
1043reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\
1044@var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0]. @var{clock}\n\
1045is the timer tick of the scheduler. You may modify the ready list and\n\
1046the number of ready insns. The return value is the number of insns that\n\
1047can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}. See also\n\
1048@samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.",
ce1ce33a 1049 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1050
1051DEFHOOK
1052(reorder2,
673c2f63
JM
1053 "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time. That\n\
1054function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle. This one\n\
1055is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\
1056@samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\
1057return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle. Defining\n\
1058this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\
1059scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\
1060cycle. These other insns can then be taken into account properly.",
ce1ce33a 1061 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
38f8b050 1062
0dc41f28
WM
1063DEFHOOK
1064(macro_fusion_p,
1065 "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.",
1066 bool, (void), NULL)
1067
1068DEFHOOK
1069(macro_fusion_pair_p,
892d9879
KT
1070 "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\
1071a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\
1072(@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\
1073group, and they will not be scheduled apart. The two insns will be either\n\
1074two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\
1075validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.",
1076 bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL)
0dc41f28 1077
38f8b050
JR
1078/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1079 after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given
1080 by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly). */
1081DEFHOOK
1082(dependencies_evaluation_hook,
673c2f63
JM
1083 "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\
1084chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\
1085correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain. For\n\
1086example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\
1087analysis of dependencies. This hook can use backward and forward\n\
1088dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\
1089calculated.",
ce1ce33a 1090 void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1091
1092/* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions
1093 used to simplify the automaton descriptions. dfa_pre_cycle_insn and
1094 dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to
1095 change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated
1096 processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. The function
1097 defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are
1098 used to initialize the corresponding insns. The default values of
1099 the members result in not changing the automaton state when the
1100 new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. */
1101
1102DEFHOOK
1103(init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
673c2f63 1104 "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
38f8b050
JR
1105 void, (void), NULL)
1106
1107DEFHOOK
1108(dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
673c2f63
JM
1109 "The hook returns an RTL insn. The automaton state used in the\n\
1110pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\
1111when the new simulated processor cycle starts. Usage of the hook may\n\
1112simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\
1113processors. If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\
1114based pipeline description. The default is not to change the state\n\
1115when the new simulated processor cycle starts.",
38f8b050
JR
1116 rtx, (void), NULL)
1117
1118DEFHOOK
1119(init_dfa_post_cycle_insn,
673c2f63
JM
1120 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\
1121used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
38f8b050
JR
1122 void, (void), NULL)
1123
1124DEFHOOK
1125(dfa_post_cycle_insn,
673c2f63
JM
1126 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1127to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\
1128simulated processor cycle finishes.",
ac44248e 1129 rtx_insn *, (void), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1130
1131/* The values of the following two members are pointers to
1132 functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions.
1133 dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called
1134 immediately before and after cycle is advanced. */
1135
1136DEFHOOK
1137(dfa_pre_advance_cycle,
673c2f63
JM
1138 "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\
1139The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1140to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1141state on a single insn is not enough.",
38f8b050
JR
1142 void, (void), NULL)
1143
1144DEFHOOK
1145(dfa_post_advance_cycle,
673c2f63
JM
1146 "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\
1147The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1148to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1149state on a single insn is not enough.",
38f8b050
JR
1150 void, (void), NULL)
1151
1152/* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value
1153 which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for
1154 multi-pass scheduling. If the member value is nonzero and the
1155 function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make
1156 multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle. In other words, we will
1157 try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of
1158 insns on the same cycle. */
1159DEFHOOK
1160(first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead,
673c2f63
JM
1161 "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\
1162for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler. Usually the scheduler\n\
1163chooses the first insn from the queue. If the hook returns a positive\n\
1164value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\
1165@samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\
1166subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\
1167maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle. For the\n\
1168@acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\
1169packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn. Of course, if the\n\
1170rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\
1171\n\
1172This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\
1173processors. Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\
1174with 3 pipelines. Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\
1175@var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\
1176@var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}. The\n\
1177processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\
1178@var{B}. In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\
1179until the next cycle. If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\
1180the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\
1181\n\
1182Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\
1183pipeline hazard recognizer. We try quickly and easy many insn\n\
1184schedules to choose the best one.\n\
1185\n\
1186The default is no multipass scheduling.",
38f8b050
JR
1187 int, (void), NULL)
1188
1189/* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling
1190 what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the
1191 multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns zero for insn
1192 passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued. */
1193DEFHOOK
1194(first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard,
673c2f63
JM
1195 "\n\
1196This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\
1197considered for the multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns\n\
4960a0cb
MK
1198zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\
1199Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\
1200the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\
1201Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\
1202number of cycles.\n\
1203Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\
1204instruction at position 0 in the ready list. @var{ready_index} is passed\n\
1205to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\
673c2f63
JM
1206\n\
1207The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.",
ac44248e 1208 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL)
38f8b050 1209
894fd6f2
MK
1210/* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass
1211 scheduling.
1212 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling.
1213 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1214 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1215 should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding
1216 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1217 FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass
1218 scheduling on current cycle. */
1219DEFHOOK
1220(first_cycle_multipass_begin,
673c2f63
JM
1221 "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\
1222scheduling.",
4960a0cb 1223 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p),
894fd6f2
MK
1224 NULL)
1225
1226/* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.
1227 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects
1228 of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA.
1229 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1230 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
073a8998 1231 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
894fd6f2
MK
1232 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1233 INSN is the instruction being evaluated.
1234 PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding
073a8998 1235 to a state before issuing INSN. */
894fd6f2
MK
1236DEFHOOK
1237(first_cycle_multipass_issue,
673c2f63 1238 "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.",
ac44248e 1239 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn,
894fd6f2
MK
1240 const void *prev_data), NULL)
1241
1242/* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of
1243 instruction corresponding to DATA.
1244 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1245 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1246 described in DFA.
1247 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1248 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
073a8998 1249 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
894fd6f2
MK
1250 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. */
1251DEFHOOK
1252(first_cycle_multipass_backtrack,
673c2f63
JM
1253 "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\
1254an instruction.",
4960a0cb 1255 void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL)
894fd6f2
MK
1256
1257/* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current
1258 round of multipass scheduling.
1259 DATA is a pointer.
1260 If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass
1261 scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of
1262 the winning solution. DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find
1263 a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later,
1264 usually after advancing the cycle count. */
1265DEFHOOK
1266(first_cycle_multipass_end,
673c2f63
JM
1267 "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\
1268round of multipass scheduling.",
894fd6f2
MK
1269 void, (const void *data), NULL)
1270
1271/* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass
1272 scheduling after it has been allocated.
1273 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1274 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1275 described in DFA. */
1276DEFHOOK
1277(first_cycle_multipass_init,
673c2f63 1278 "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
894fd6f2
MK
1279 void, (void *data), NULL)
1280
1281/* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass
1282 scheduling before it is deallocated.
1283 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1284 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1285 described in DFA. */
1286DEFHOOK
1287(first_cycle_multipass_fini,
673c2f63 1288 "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
894fd6f2
MK
1289 void, (void *data), NULL)
1290
38f8b050
JR
1291/* The following member value is pointer to a function called by
1292 the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third
1293 parameter on given cycle. If the hook returns nonzero, the
1294 insn is not issued on given processors cycle. Instead of that,
1295 the processor cycle is advanced. If the value passed through
1296 the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted
1297 on the new cycle start as usually. The first parameter passes
1298 file for debugging output. The second one passes the scheduler
1299 verbose level of the debugging output. The forth and the fifth
1300 parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which
1301 the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle. */
c06bbdf7 1302DEFHOOK
38f8b050 1303(dfa_new_cycle,
673c2f63
JM
1304 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\
1305on cycle @var{clock}. If the hook returns nonzero,\n\
1306@var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle. Instead,\n\
1307the processor cycle is advanced. If *@var{sort_p}\n\
1308is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\
1309start as usually. @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\
1310verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\
1311@var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\
1312processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\
1313and the current processor cycle.",
ac44248e 1314 int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock,
c06bbdf7 1315 int clock, int *sort_p),
38f8b050
JR
1316 NULL)
1317
1318/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the
1319 insn scheduler. It should return true if there exists a dependence
1320 which is considered costly by the target, between the insn
1321 DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP). The first parameter is
1322 the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns. The
1323 second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by
1324 the scheduler. The last argument is the distance in cycles
1325 between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the
1326 second insn (second parameter). */
1327DEFHOOK
1328(is_costly_dependence,
673c2f63
JM
1329 "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\
1330the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\
1331are involved in the dependence too close to one another. The parameters\n\
1332to this hook are as follows: The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\
1333being evaluated. The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\
1334dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\
1335parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\
1336The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\
1337insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\
1338and @code{false} otherwise.\n\
1339\n\
1340Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\
1341where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\
1342delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\
1343that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\
1344important. In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\
1345closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance; however,\n\
1346not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.",
38f8b050
JR
1347 bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL)
1348
1349DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1350(adjust_cost_2,
1351 "Given the current cost, @var{cost}, of an insn, @var{insn}, calculate and\
1352 return a new cost based on its relationship to @var{dep_insn} through the\
1353 dependence of weakness @var{dw}. The default is to make no adjustment.",
ac44248e
DM
1354 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost,
1355 unsigned int dw),
1356 NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1357
1358/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1359 by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend
1360 that new instructions were emitted. */
1361DEFHOOK
1362(h_i_d_extended,
673c2f63
JM
1363 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\
1364the instruction stream. The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\
1365per instruction data structures.",
38f8b050
JR
1366 void, (void), NULL)
1367
1368/* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling. */
1369
1370/* Allocate memory for scheduler context. */
1371DEFHOOK
1372(alloc_sched_context,
673c2f63 1373 "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.",
38f8b050
JR
1374 void *, (void), NULL)
1375
1376/* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context. */
1377DEFHOOK
1378(init_sched_context,
673c2f63
JM
1379 "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\
1380It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\
1381beginning of the block. Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.",
38f8b050
JR
1382 void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL)
1383
1384/* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value. */
1385DEFHOOK
1386(set_sched_context,
673c2f63 1387 "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.",
38f8b050
JR
1388 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1389
1390/* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init. */
1391DEFHOOK
1392(clear_sched_context,
673c2f63 1393 "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
38f8b050
JR
1394 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1395
1396/* Frees the scheduler context. */
1397DEFHOOK
1398(free_sched_context,
673c2f63 1399 "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
38f8b050
JR
1400 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1401
1402/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1403 by the insn scheduler.
1404 The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type
1405 of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the
1406 speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1).
1407 It should return
1408 -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type,
1409 0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type,
1410 1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly
1411 generated one. */
1412DEFHOOK
1413(speculate_insn,
673c2f63
JM
1414 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\
1415speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\
1416The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\
1417version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\
1418pattern. The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\
1419or @minus{}1, if it doesn't. @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\
1420speculation. If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\
1421the generated speculative pattern.",
ac44248e 1422 int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1423
1424/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1425 by the insn scheduler. It should return true if the check instruction
1426 passed as the parameter needs a recovery block. */
1427DEFHOOK
1428(needs_block_p,
673c2f63
JM
1429 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\
1430for @var{insn}. It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\
1431instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.",
8e90de43 1432 bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1433
1434/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1435 by the insn scheduler. It should return a pattern for the check
1436 instruction.
1437 The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter
1438 is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a
8e90de43
SB
1439 simple check). The third parameter is the kind of speculation that
1440 is being performed. */
38f8b050
JR
1441DEFHOOK
1442(gen_spec_check,
673c2f63
JM
1443 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\
1444check instruction. If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\
1445speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\
1446@var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\
1447be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\
1448recovery code (a simple check). If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\
1449a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\
1450@var{insn} should be generated. In this case @var{label} can't be null.",
ac44248e 1451 rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL)
38f8b050 1452
38f8b050
JR
1453/* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1454 information about the speculation capabilities of the target.
1455 The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable. */
1456DEFHOOK
1457(set_sched_flags,
673c2f63
JM
1458 "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\
1459enabled/used.\n\
1460The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\
1461The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.",
38f8b050
JR
1462 void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL)
1463
1464DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1465(get_insn_spec_ds,
1466 "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.",
ac44248e 1467 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1468
1469DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1470(get_insn_checked_ds,
1471 "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}",
ac44248e 1472 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1473
1474DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1475(skip_rtx_p,
1476 "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\
1477 advance to the inner rtxes.",
1478 bool, (const_rtx x), NULL)
1479
1480/* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1481 information about the target resource-based lower bound which is
1482 used by the swing modulo scheduler. The parameter is a pointer
1483 to ddg variable. */
1484DEFHOOK
1485(sms_res_mii,
673c2f63
JM
1486 "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\
1487resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\
1488the machine and the resources required by each instruction. The target\n\
1489backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound. A very simple lower\n\
1490bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\
1491of instructions divided by the issue rate.",
38f8b050
JR
1492 int, (struct ddg *g), NULL)
1493
7942e47e
RY
1494/* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch
1495 schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its
1496 parameters. */
1497DEFHOOK
1498(dispatch_do,
673c2f63
JM
1499"This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It performs the operation specified\n\
1500in its second parameter.",
ac44248e
DM
1501void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1502hook_void_rtx_insn_int)
7942e47e
RY
1503
1504/* The following member value is a a function that returns true is
1505 dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed
1506 as the second parameter is true. */
1507DEFHOOK
1508(dispatch,
673c2f63
JM
1509"This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\
1510is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.",
ac44248e
DM
1511bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1512hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false)
7942e47e 1513
b0bd15f7
BS
1514DEFHOOKPOD
1515(exposed_pipeline,
1516"True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\
1517the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\
1518also the latencies of operations.",
1519bool, false)
1520
df7b0cc4
EI
1521/* The following member value is a function that returns number
1522 of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for
1523 statements of the given type. By default 1 is used. */
1524DEFHOOK
1525(reassociation_width,
1526"This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\
1527parallelism required in output calculations chain.",
ef4bddc2 1528int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode),
df7b0cc4
EI
1529hook_int_uint_mode_1)
1530
b16abbcb
BC
1531/* The following member value is a function that returns priority for
1532 fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters. */
1533DEFHOOK
1534(fusion_priority,
1535"This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass. It calculates fusion\n\
1536priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter. The priorities\n\
1537are returned via pointer parameters.\n\
1538\n\
1539@var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\
1540@var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\
1541@var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\
1542fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\
1543@var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\
1544should be calculated and returned.\n\
1545\n\
1546Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\
1547be scheduled together. Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\
1548instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}. @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\
1549sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key. All instructions will be\n\
1550scheduled according to the two priorities. All priorities calculated\n\
1551should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive). To avoid\n\
1552false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\
1553scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\
1554instructions.\n\
1555\n\
1556Given below example:\n\
1557\n\
51be4977 1558@smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1559 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1560 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1561 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1562 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1563 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1564 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1565 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1566 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
51be4977 1567@end smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1568\n\
1569On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\
1570merged. Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\
1571loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow. That's where\n\
1572this scheduling fusion pass works. This hook calculates priority for each\n\
1573instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\
1574\n\
51be4977
BC
1575@smallexample\n\
1576 ldr r10, [r1, 4] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=96\n\
1577 add r4, r4, r10 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1578 ldr r15, [r2, 8] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=92\n\
1579 sub r5, r5, r15 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1580 ldr r11, [r1, 0] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=100\n\
1581 add r4, r4, r11 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1582 ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=88\n\
1583 sub r5, r5, r16 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1584@end smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1585\n\
1586Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\
1587to the priorities. As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\
1588pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\
1589\n\
51be4977 1590@smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1591 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1592 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1593 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1594 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1595 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1596 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1597 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1598 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
51be4977 1599@end smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1600\n\
1601Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\
1602\n\
1603Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\
1604work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\
1605\n\
1606This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\
1607the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.",
1608void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL)
1609
38f8b050
JR
1610HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched)
1611
0136f8f0
AH
1612/* Functions relating to OpenMP and Cilk Plus SIMD clones. */
1613#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1614#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_"
1615HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone)
1616
1617DEFHOOK
1618(compute_vecsize_and_simdlen,
1619"This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\
1620fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\
1621@var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\
1622The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\
1623or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.",
1624int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int), NULL)
1625
1626DEFHOOK
1627(adjust,
1628"This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\
1629to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.",
1630void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1631
1632DEFHOOK
1633(usable,
1634"This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\
1635in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\
1636usable. In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\
1637to use it.",
1638int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1639
1640HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone)
1641
94829f87
NS
1642/* Functions relating to openacc. */
1643#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1644#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_GOACC_"
1645HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_GOACC, goacc)
1646
1647DEFHOOK
1648(validate_dims,
1649"This hook should check the launch dimensions provided for an OpenACC\n\
1650compute region, or routine. Defaulted values are represented as -1\n\
1651and non-constant values as 0. The @var{fn_level} is negative for the\n\
1652function corresponding to the compute region. For a routine is is the\n\
1653outermost level at which partitioned execution may be spawned. It\n\
1654should fill in anything that needs to default to non-unity and verify\n\
1655non-defaults. Diagnostics should be issued as appropriate. Return\n\
1656true, if changes have been made. You must override this hook to\n\
1657provide dimensions larger than 1.",
6e91acf8 1658bool, (tree decl, int *dims, int fn_level),
94829f87
NS
1659default_goacc_validate_dims)
1660
bd751975
NS
1661DEFHOOK
1662(dim_limit,
1663"This hook should return the maximum size of a particular dimension,\n\
1664or zero if unbounded.",
1665int, (int axis),
1666default_goacc_dim_limit)
1667
6e91acf8
NS
1668DEFHOOK
1669(fork_join,
9bd46bc9
NS
1670"This hook can be used to convert IFN_GOACC_FORK and IFN_GOACC_JOIN\n\
1671function calls to target-specific gimple, or indicate whether they\n\
1672should be retained. It is executed during the oacc_device_lower pass.\n\
1673It should return true, if the call should be retained. It should\n\
1674return false, if it is to be deleted (either because target-specific\n\
1675gimple has been inserted before it, or there is no need for it).\n\
1676The default hook returns false, if there are no RTL expanders for them.",
6e91acf8
NS
1677bool, (gcall *call, const int *dims, bool is_fork),
1678default_goacc_fork_join)
1679
e5014671
NS
1680DEFHOOK
1681(reduction,
1682"This hook is used by the oacc_transform pass to expand calls to the\n\
1683@var{GOACC_REDUCTION} internal function, into a sequence of gimple\n\
1684instructions. @var{call} is gimple statement containing the call to\n\
1685the function. This hook removes statement @var{call} after the\n\
1686expanded sequence has been inserted. This hook is also responsible\n\
1687for allocating any storage for reductions when necessary.",
1688void, (gcall *call),
1689default_goacc_reduction)
1690
94829f87
NS
1691HOOK_VECTOR_END (goacc)
1692
38f8b050
JR
1693/* Functions relating to vectorization. */
1694#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1695#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_"
1696HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize)
1697
1698/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1699 by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin
1700 function. */
1701DEFHOOK
1702(builtin_mask_for_load,
673c2f63
JM
1703 "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\
1704address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\
1705used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\
1706@var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\
1707\n\
1708The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\
1709@var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\
1710the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\
1711@code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\
1712two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\
1713@var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\
1714the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\
1715from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\
1716@var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\
1717@var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\
1718@var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\
1719\n\
1720If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\
1721to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\
1722use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\
1723@code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\
1724should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\
1725described above.\n\
1726If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\
1727the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\
1728log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.",
38f8b050
JR
1729 tree, (void), NULL)
1730
10766209
RS
1731/* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1732 a target-independent function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
38f8b050
JR
1733DEFHOOK
1734(builtin_vectorized_function,
673c2f63 1735 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
10766209 1736vectorized variant of the function with the @code{combined_fn} code\n\
673c2f63 1737@var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\
10766209
RS
1738The return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1739@var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1740 tree, (unsigned code, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1741 default_builtin_vectorized_function)
1742
1743/* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1744 a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1745DEFHOOK
1746(builtin_md_vectorized_function,
1747 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1748vectorized variant of target built-in function @code{fndecl}. The\n\
673c2f63
JM
1749return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1750@var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
38f8b050 1751 tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
10766209 1752 default_builtin_md_vectorized_function)
38f8b050
JR
1753
1754/* Returns a function declaration for a builtin that realizes the
1755 vector conversion, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1756DEFHOOK
1757(builtin_conversion,
673c2f63
JM
1758 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements conversion of the\n\
1759input vector of type @var{src_type} to type @var{dest_type}.\n\
1760The value of @var{code} is one of the enumerators in @code{enum tree_code} and\n\
1761specifies how the conversion is to be applied\n\
1762(truncation, rounding, etc.).\n\
1763\n\
1764If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will use the\n\
1765@code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_CONVERSION} target hook when vectorizing\n\
1766conversion. Otherwise, it will return @code{NULL_TREE}.",
38f8b050
JR
1767 tree, (unsigned code, tree dest_type, tree src_type),
1768 default_builtin_vectorized_conversion)
1769
720f5239
IR
1770/* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost
1771 model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends
1772 on the data type and misalignment value. */
38f8b050
JR
1773DEFHOOK
1774(builtin_vectorization_cost,
673c2f63
JM
1775 "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\
1776For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\
1777misalignment value (@var{misalign}).",
720f5239 1778 int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign),
38f8b050
JR
1779 default_builtin_vectorization_cost)
1780
1781/* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N
1782 iterations) for the given type. */
1783DEFHOOK
1784(vector_alignment_reachable,
673c2f63 1785 "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations) for the given type.",
38f8b050
JR
1786 bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed),
1787 default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable)
1788
22e4dee7
RH
1789/* Return true if a vector created for vec_perm_const is valid.
1790 A NULL indicates that all constants are valid permutations. */
38f8b050 1791DEFHOOK
5a3c0068 1792(vec_perm_const_ok,
673c2f63 1793 "Return true if a vector created for @code{vec_perm_const} is valid.",
ef4bddc2 1794 bool, (machine_mode, const unsigned char *sel),
22e4dee7 1795 NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1796
1797/* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a
1798 specific factor denoted in the third parameter. The last parameter
1799 is true if the access is defined in a packed struct. */
1800DEFHOOK
1801(support_vector_misalignment,
673c2f63
JM
1802 "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\
1803store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\
1804parameter. The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\
1805the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}. @var{is_packed}\n\
1806parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.",
38f8b050 1807 bool,
ef4bddc2 1808 (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed),
38f8b050
JR
1809 default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment)
1810
0a35513e
AH
1811/* Return the builtin decl needed to load a vector of TYPE. */
1812DEFHOOK
1813(builtin_tm_load,
1814 "This hook should return the built-in decl needed to load a vector of the "
1815 "given type within a transaction.",
1816 tree,
1817 (tree),
1818 default_builtin_tm_load_store)
1819
1820/* Return the builtin decl needed to store a vector of TYPE. */
1821DEFHOOK
1822(builtin_tm_store,
1823 "This hook should return the built-in decl needed to store a vector of the "
1824 "given type within a transaction.",
1825 tree,
1826 (tree),
1827 default_builtin_tm_load_store)
1828
cc4b5170
RG
1829/* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified
1830 scalar mode. */
26983c22 1831DEFHOOK
cc4b5170 1832(preferred_simd_mode,
673c2f63
JM
1833 "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\
1834mode @var{mode}. The default is\n\
1835equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\
1836transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.",
ef4bddc2
RS
1837 machine_mode,
1838 (machine_mode mode),
cc4b5170 1839 default_preferred_simd_mode)
26983c22 1840
767f865f
RG
1841/* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing
1842 after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode. */
1843DEFHOOK
1844(autovectorize_vector_sizes,
673c2f63
JM
1845 "This hook should return a mask of sizes that should be iterated over\n\
1846after trying to autovectorize using the vector size derived from the\n\
1847mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}.\n\
1848The default is zero which means to not iterate over other vector sizes.",
767f865f
RG
1849 unsigned int,
1850 (void),
1851 default_autovectorize_vector_sizes)
1852
9f47c7e5
IE
1853/* Function to get a target mode for a vector mask. */
1854DEFHOOK
1855(get_mask_mode,
1856 "This hook returns mode to be used for a mask to be used for a vector\n\
1857of specified @var{length} with @var{nunits} elements. By default an integer\n\
1858vector mode of a proper size is returned.",
1859 machine_mode,
1860 (unsigned nunits, unsigned length),
1861 default_get_mask_mode)
1862
aec7ae7d
JJ
1863/* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. */
1864DEFHOOK
1865(builtin_gather,
673c2f63
JM
1866 "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. @var{mem_vectype}\n\
1867is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1868the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1869The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\
1870loads.",
aec7ae7d
JJ
1871 tree,
1872 (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1873 NULL)
1874
3bab6342
AT
1875/* Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. */
1876DEFHOOK
1877(builtin_scatter,
1878"Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. @var{vectype}\n\
1879is the vector type of the store and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1880the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1881The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize scatter\n\
1882stores.",
1883 tree,
1884 (const_tree vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1885 NULL)
1886
c3e7ee41
BS
1887/* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block. */
1888DEFHOOK
1889(init_cost,
1890 "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation "
1891 "for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block. The default "
92345349
BS
1892 "allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue, "
1893 "body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block. If @var{loop_info} is "
1894 "non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block "
1895 "is being vectorized.",
c3e7ee41
BS
1896 void *,
1897 (struct loop *loop_info),
1898 default_init_cost)
1899
1900/* Target function to record N statements of the given kind using the
92345349
BS
1901 given vector type within the cost model data for the current loop or
1902 block. */
c3e7ee41
BS
1903DEFHOOK
1904(add_stmt_cost,
1905 "This hook should update the target-specific @var{data} in response to "
92345349
BS
1906 "adding @var{count} copies of the given @var{kind} of statement to a "
1907 "loop or basic block. The default adds the builtin vectorizer cost for "
1908 "the copies of the statement to the accumulator specified by @var{where}, "
1909 "(the prologue, body, or epilogue) and returns the amount added. The "
1910 "return value should be viewed as a tentative cost that may later be "
1911 "revised.",
c3e7ee41
BS
1912 unsigned,
1913 (void *data, int count, enum vect_cost_for_stmt kind,
92345349
BS
1914 struct _stmt_vec_info *stmt_info, int misalign,
1915 enum vect_cost_model_location where),
c3e7ee41
BS
1916 default_add_stmt_cost)
1917
1918/* Target function to calculate the total cost of the current vectorized
1919 loop or block. */
1920DEFHOOK
1921(finish_cost,
1922 "This hook should complete calculations of the cost of vectorizing a loop "
92345349
BS
1923 "or basic block based on @var{data}, and return the prologue, body, and "
1924 "epilogue costs as unsigned integers. The default returns the value of "
1925 "the three accumulators.",
1926 void,
1927 (void *data, unsigned *prologue_cost, unsigned *body_cost,
1928 unsigned *epilogue_cost),
c3e7ee41
BS
1929 default_finish_cost)
1930
1931/* Function to delete target-specific cost modeling data. */
1932DEFHOOK
1933(destroy_cost_data,
1934 "This hook should release @var{data} and any related data structures "
1935 "allocated by TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST. The default releases the "
1936 "accumulator.",
1937 void,
1938 (void *data),
1939 default_destroy_cost_data)
1940
38f8b050
JR
1941HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize)
1942
1943#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1944#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
1945
ec6fe917
IV
1946DEFHOOK
1947(record_offload_symbol,
1948 "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\
1949sections are available. It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\
1950recorded in the offload function and variable table.",
1951 void, (tree),
1952 hook_void_tree)
1953
6d2b7199
BS
1954DEFHOOKPOD
1955(absolute_biggest_alignment,
1956 "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\
1957that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\
1958@code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.",
1959 HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
1960
38f8b050
JR
1961/* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have
1962 been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the
1963 end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma. */
1964DEFHOOK
1965(override_options_after_change,
673c2f63
JM
1966 "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\
1967but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\
1968pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\
1969attribute or pragma. It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\
1970when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\
1971actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\
1972@code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.",
38f8b050
JR
1973 void, (void),
1974 hook_void_void)
1975
c713ddc0
BS
1976DEFHOOK
1977(offload_options,
1978 "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file. It should\n\
1979translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\
1980into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\
1981to express such options. It should return a string containing these options,\n\
1982separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n",
1983char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null)
1984
38f8b050
JR
1985DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1986(eh_return_filter_mode,
1987 "Return machine mode for filter value.",
ef4bddc2 1988 machine_mode, (void),
38f8b050
JR
1989 default_eh_return_filter_mode)
1990
1991/* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions. */
1992DEFHOOK
1993(libgcc_cmp_return_mode,
673c2f63
JM
1994 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\
1995of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
1996@code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
1997targets.",
ef4bddc2 1998 machine_mode, (void),
38f8b050
JR
1999 default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode)
2000
2001/* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions. */
2002DEFHOOK
2003(libgcc_shift_count_mode,
673c2f63
JM
2004 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\
2005of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2006@code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2007targets.",
ef4bddc2 2008 machine_mode, (void),
38f8b050
JR
2009 default_libgcc_shift_count_mode)
2010
2011/* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type. */
2012DEFHOOK
2013(unwind_word_mode,
673c2f63
JM
2014 "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\
2015The default is to use @code{word_mode}.",
ef4bddc2 2016 machine_mode, (void),
38f8b050
JR
2017 default_unwind_word_mode)
2018
2019/* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2020DEFHOOK
2021(merge_decl_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2022 "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\
2023handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2024@code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\
2025@var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}. Examples of\n\
2026when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\
2027attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition. This function may\n\
2028call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\
2029\n\
2030@findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\
2031If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\
2032for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\
2033@code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}. The compiler\n\
2034will then define a function called\n\
2035@code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\
2036the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. You can also\n\
2037add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\
2038to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\
2039@samp{dllexport} attributes. This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\
2040@file{i386/i386.c}, for example.",
38f8b050
JR
2041 tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl),
2042 merge_decl_attributes)
2043
2044/* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2045DEFHOOK
2046(merge_type_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2047 "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\
2048handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2049@code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}. It is assumed\n\
2050that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1. This\n\
2051function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\
2052merging.",
38f8b050
JR
2053 tree, (tree type1, tree type2),
2054 merge_type_attributes)
2055
2056/* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them.
2057 Ignored if NULL. */
2058DEFHOOKPOD
2059(attribute_table,
673c2f63 2060 "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\
15ab4e1e 2061attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree-core.h}) specifying the machine\n\
673c2f63
JM
2062specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\
2063entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\
2064take.",
38f8b050
JR
2065 const struct attribute_spec *, NULL)
2066
2067/* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first
2068 argument. */
2069DEFHOOK
2070(attribute_takes_identifier_p,
673c2f63
JM
2071 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\
2072machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\
2073given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\
2074subjected to name lookup. If this is not defined, the default is\n\
2075false for all machine-specific attributes.",
38f8b050
JR
2076 bool, (const_tree name),
2077 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2078
2079/* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible,
2080 one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible
2081 (which causes a warning to be generated). */
2082DEFHOOK
2083(comp_type_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2084 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\
2085@var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\
2086and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\
2087generated). If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\
2088supposed always to be compatible.",
38f8b050
JR
2089 int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
2090 hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1)
2091
2092/* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE. */
2093DEFHOOK
2094(set_default_type_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2095 "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\
2096the newly defined @var{type}.",
38f8b050
JR
2097 void, (tree type),
2098 hook_void_tree)
2099
2100/* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL. */
2101DEFHOOK
2102(insert_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2103 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\
2104when it is being created. This is normally useful for back ends which\n\
2105wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\
2106the pragma's effect. The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\
2107created. The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\
2108for this decl. The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\
2109shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\
2110the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\
2111attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\
2112needed.",
38f8b050
JR
2113 void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr),
2114 hook_void_tree_treeptr)
2115
2116/* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute)
2117 can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise. */
2118DEFHOOK
2119(function_attribute_inlinable_p,
673c2f63 2120 "@cindex inlining\n\
5bd40ade 2121This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\
673c2f63
JM
2122into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\
2123attributes, @code{false} otherwise. By default, if a function has a\n\
2124target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.",
38f8b050
JR
2125 bool, (const_tree fndecl),
2126 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2127
2128/* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the
2129 Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules. */
2130DEFHOOK
2131(ms_bitfield_layout_p,
673c2f63
JM
2132 "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\
2133@var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\
2134Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\
2135unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\
2136different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\
2137alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\
2138bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\
2139the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\
2140(iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\
2141another bit-field of nonzero size. If this hook returns @code{true},\n\
2142other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\
2143\n\
2144When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\
2145of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\
2146bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\
2147and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\
2148chunk of 32 bits. However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\
2149size is allocated). In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\
2150alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\
2151\n\
2152If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\
2153the latter will take precedence. If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\
2154used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\
2155precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\
2156may affect its placement.",
38f8b050
JR
2157 bool, (const_tree record_type),
2158 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2159
2e681adf
JR
2160/* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for
2161 target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing
2162 before switching completely to the target hook. */
2163DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2164(words_big_endian,
2165 "",
2166 bool, (void),
2167 targhook_words_big_endian)
2168
2169/* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */
2170DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2171(float_words_big_endian,
2172 "",
2173 bool, (void),
2174 targhook_float_words_big_endian)
2175
9193fb05
JM
2176DEFHOOK
2177(float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p,
2178 "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\
2179 and rounding modes, false otherwise. This is intended to relate to the\
2180 @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\
2181 By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\
2182 available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\
2183 point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\
2184 does not.",
2185 bool, (void),
2186 default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p)
2187
38f8b050
JR
2188/* True if the target supports decimal floating point. */
2189DEFHOOK
2190(decimal_float_supported_p,
673c2f63 2191 "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.",
38f8b050
JR
2192 bool, (void),
2193 default_decimal_float_supported_p)
2194
2195/* True if the target supports fixed-point. */
2196DEFHOOK
2197(fixed_point_supported_p,
673c2f63 2198 "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.",
38f8b050
JR
2199 bool, (void),
2200 default_fixed_point_supported_p)
2201
2202/* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment. */
2203DEFHOOK
2204(align_anon_bitfield,
673c2f63
JM
2205 "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\
2206whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\
2207structure. The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\
2208the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.",
38f8b050
JR
2209 bool, (void),
2210 hook_bool_void_false)
2211
2212/* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible.
2213 Return false if they should use the container type. */
2214DEFHOOK
2215(narrow_volatile_bitfield,
673c2f63
JM
2216 "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\
2217should use the narrowest mode possible. It should return @code{false} if\n\
2218these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\
2219\n\
7d0b9a9c 2220The default is @code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
2221 bool, (void),
2222 hook_bool_void_false)
2223
2224/* Set up target-specific built-in functions. */
2225DEFHOOK
2226(init_builtins,
673c2f63
JM
2227 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2228that need to be defined. It should be a function that performs the\n\
2229necessary setup.\n\
2230\n\
2231Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\
2232instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\
2233they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\
2234instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\
2235\n\
2236To create a built-in function, call the function\n\
2237@code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\
2238which is defined by the language front end. You can use any type nodes set\n\
2239up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\
2240only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\
2241@samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.",
38f8b050
JR
2242 void, (void),
2243 hook_void_void)
2244
2245/* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific
2246 built-in function decl for CODE.
2247 Return NULL if that is not possible. Return error_mark_node if CODE
2248 is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes. */
2249DEFHOOK
2250(builtin_decl,
673c2f63
JM
2251 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2252that need to be defined. It should be a function that returns the\n\
2253builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\
2254If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\
2255if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\
2256If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\
2257@code{error_mark_node}.",
38f8b050
JR
2258 tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL)
2259
2260/* Expand a target-specific builtin. */
2261DEFHOOK
2262(expand_builtin,
673c2f63
JM
2263 "\n\
2264Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2265@samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\
2266function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\
2267convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\
2268@var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\
2269@var{exp}'s operands. @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\
2270ignored. This function should return the result of the call to the\n\
2271built-in function.",
38f8b050 2272 rtx,
ef4bddc2 2273 (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore),
38f8b050
JR
2274 default_expand_builtin)
2275
d5e254e1
IE
2276DEFHOOK
2277(builtin_chkp_function,
2278 "This hook allows target to redefine built-in functions used by\n\
2279Pointer Bounds Checker for code instrumentation. Hook should return\n\
2280fndecl of function implementing generic builtin whose code is\n\
2281passed in @var{fcode}. Currently following built-in functions are\n\
2282obtained using this hook:\n\
2283@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndmk (const void *@var{lb}, size_t @var{size})\n\
2284Function code - BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDMK. This built-in function is used\n\
2285by Pointer Bounds Checker to create bound values. @var{lb} holds low\n\
2286bound of the resulting bounds. @var{size} holds size of created bounds.\n\
2287@end deftypefn\n\
2288\n\
2289@deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndstx (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b}, const void **@var{loc})\n\
2290Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDSTX}. This built-in function is used\n\
2291by Pointer Bounds Checker to store bounds @var{b} for pointer @var{ptr}\n\
2292when @var{ptr} is stored by address @var{loc}.\n\
2293@end deftypefn\n\
2294\n\
2295@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndldx (const void **@var{loc}, const void *@var{ptr})\n\
2296Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDLDX}. This built-in function is used\n\
2297by Pointer Bounds Checker to get bounds of pointer @var{ptr} loaded by\n\
2298address @var{loc}.\n\
2299@end deftypefn\n\
2300\n\
2301@deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndcl (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2302Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDCL}. This built-in function is used\n\
2303by Pointer Bounds Checker to perform check for pointer @var{ptr} against\n\
2304lower bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2305@end deftypefn\n\
2306\n\
2307@deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndcu (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2308Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDCU}. This built-in function is used\n\
2309by Pointer Bounds Checker to perform check for pointer @var{ptr} against\n\
2310upper bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2311@end deftypefn\n\
2312\n\
2313@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndret (void *@var{ptr})\n\
2314Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDRET}. This built-in function is used\n\
2315by Pointer Bounds Checker to obtain bounds returned by a call statement.\n\
2316@var{ptr} passed to built-in is @code{SSA_NAME} returned by the call.\n\
2317@end deftypefn\n\
2318\n\
2319@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_intersect (__bounds_type @var{b1}, __bounds_type @var{b2})\n\
2320Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_INTERSECT}. This built-in function\n\
2321returns intersection of bounds @var{b1} and @var{b2}.\n\
2322@end deftypefn\n\
2323\n\
2324@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_narrow (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b}, size_t @var{s})\n\
2325Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_NARROW}. This built-in function\n\
2326returns intersection of bounds @var{b} and\n\
2327[@var{ptr}, @var{ptr} + @var{s} - @code{1}].\n\
2328@end deftypefn\n\
2329\n\
2330@deftypefn {Built-in Function} size_t __chkp_sizeof (const void *@var{ptr})\n\
2331Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_SIZEOF}. This built-in function\n\
2332returns size of object referenced by @var{ptr}. @var{ptr} is always\n\
2333@code{ADDR_EXPR} of @code{VAR_DECL}. This built-in is used by\n\
2334Pointer Bounds Checker when bounds of object cannot be computed statically\n\
2335(e.g. object has incomplete type).\n\
2336@end deftypefn\n\
2337\n\
2338@deftypefn {Built-in Function} const void *__chkp_extract_lower (__bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2339Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_EXTRACT_LOWER}. This built-in function\n\
2340returns lower bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2341@end deftypefn\n\
2342\n\
2343@deftypefn {Built-in Function} const void *__chkp_extract_upper (__bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2344Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_EXTRACT_UPPER}. This built-in function\n\
2345returns upper bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2346@end deftypefn",
2347 tree, (unsigned fcode),
2348 default_builtin_chkp_function)
2349
2350DEFHOOK
2351(chkp_bound_type,
2352 "Return type to be used for bounds",
2353 tree, (void),
2354 default_chkp_bound_type)
2355
2356DEFHOOK
2357(chkp_bound_mode,
2358 "Return mode to be used for bounds.",
2359 enum machine_mode, (void),
2360 default_chkp_bound_mode)
2361
2362DEFHOOK
2363(chkp_make_bounds_constant,
2364 "Return constant used to statically initialize constant bounds\n\
2365with specified lower bound @var{lb} and upper bounds @var{ub}.",
2366 tree, (HOST_WIDE_INT lb, HOST_WIDE_INT ub),
2367 default_chkp_make_bounds_constant)
2368
2369DEFHOOK
2370(chkp_initialize_bounds,
2371 "Generate a list of statements @var{stmts} to initialize pointer\n\
2372bounds variable @var{var} with bounds @var{lb} and @var{ub}. Return\n\
2373the number of generated statements.",
2374 int, (tree var, tree lb, tree ub, tree *stmts),
2375 default_chkp_initialize_bounds)
2376
38f8b050
JR
2377/* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin. This is done
2378 *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to
2379 implement a crude form of function overloading. The result is a
2380 complete expression that implements the operation. PARAMS really
2381 has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here. */
d66f5459 2382DEFHOOK
38f8b050 2383(resolve_overloaded_builtin,
673c2f63
JM
2384 "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\
2385was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. This is done\n\
2386@emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\
2387implement a crude form of function overloading. @var{fndecl} is the\n\
2388declaration of the built-in function. @var{arglist} is the list of\n\
2389arguments passed to the built-in function. The result is a\n\
2390complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\
2391another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\
2392@var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}",
d66f5459 2393 tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL)
38f8b050 2394
ea679d55
JG
2395/* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE
2396 and GENERIC. */
08914aaa 2397DEFHOOK
38f8b050 2398(fold_builtin,
673c2f63
JM
2399 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2400@samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\
2401built-in function. @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\
2402the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\
2403The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\
2404containing a simplified expression for the call's result. If\n\
2405@var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.",
08914aaa 2406 tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore),
38f8b050
JR
2407 hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null)
2408
ea679d55
JG
2409/* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree. */
2410DEFHOOK
2411(gimple_fold_builtin,
2412 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\
2413by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\
2414statement holding the function call. Returns true if any change\n\
2415was made to the GIMPLE stream.",
2416 bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi),
2417 hook_bool_gsiptr_false)
2418
3649b9b7
ST
2419/* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
2420 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used
2421 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two
2422 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority
2423 is checked for dispatching earlier. DECL1 and DECL2 are
2424 the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value
2425 if DECL1 is higher priority, negative value if DECL2 is higher priority
2426 and 0 if they are the same. */
2427DEFHOOK
2428(compare_version_priority,
673c2f63
JM
2429 "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\
2430determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used\n\
2431during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\
2432versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority\n\
2433is checked for dispatching earlier. @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\
2434 the two function decls that will be compared.",
3649b9b7
ST
2435 int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL)
2436
2437/* Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right
2438 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.
2439 ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body
2440 must be generated. */
2441DEFHOOK
2442(generate_version_dispatcher_body,
673c2f63
JM
2443 "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\
2444function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\
2445@var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\
2446body must be generated.",
3649b9b7
ST
2447 tree, (void *arg), NULL)
2448
2449/* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function
2450 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function
2451 version at run-time. DECL is one version from a set of semantically
2452 identical versions. */
2453DEFHOOK
2454(get_function_versions_dispatcher,
673c2f63
JM
2455 "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\
2456versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\
2457version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\
2458identical versions.",
3649b9b7
ST
2459 tree, (void *decl), NULL)
2460
38f8b050 2461/* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements
ee62a5a6 2462 reciprocal of a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
89356d17 2463DEFHOOK
38f8b050 2464(builtin_reciprocal,
ee62a5a6
RS
2465 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements the\n\
2466reciprocal of the machine-specific builtin function @var{fndecl}, or\n\
7b90c63a 2467@code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.",
ee62a5a6 2468 tree, (tree fndecl),
38f8b050
JR
2469 default_builtin_reciprocal)
2470
2471/* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated
2472 string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE. In all other cases, return
2473 NULL. */
2474DEFHOOK
2475(mangle_type,
673c2f63
JM
2476 "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\
2477uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\
2478to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\
2479mangled name. The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\
2480the type to be mangled. The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\
2481not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\
2482for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize. If the\n\
2483return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\
2484string constant.\n\
2485\n\
2486Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\
2487qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types. Encode new\n\
2488fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\
2489is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\
2490length of @var{name} in decimal. Encode qualified versions of\n\
2491ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\
2492@var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\
2493@var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\
2494code used to represent the unqualified version of this type. (See\n\
2495@code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.c} for the list of\n\
2496codes.) In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\
2497spaces in your string.\n\
2498\n\
2499This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution. If the mangled\n\
2500name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\
2501can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\
2502before mangling.\n\
2503\n\
2504The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\
2505appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\
2506types.",
38f8b050
JR
2507 const char *, (const_tree type),
2508 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
2509
2510/* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target. */
2511DEFHOOK
2512(init_libfuncs,
673c2f63
JM
2513 "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\
2514existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\
2515@code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.c}.\n\
2516@code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\
2517library routines.\n\
2518\n\
2519The default is to do nothing. Most ports don't need to define this hook.",
38f8b050
JR
2520 void, (void),
2521 hook_void_void)
2522
cdbf4541
BS
2523 /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __. */
2524DEFHOOKPOD
2525(libfunc_gnu_prefix,
2526 "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\
2527underscores. If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\
2528instead. E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}. This\n\
2529currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}. If this\n\
2530is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\
2531@code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.",
2532 bool, false)
2533
38f8b050
JR
2534/* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
2535 has relocs, choose attributes for the section. */
2536/* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION. */
2537DEFHOOK
2538(section_type_flags,
673c2f63
JM
2539 "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\
2540based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\
2541declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations. @var{decl} may be\n\
2542null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\
2543\n\
2544The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\
2545read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}. You should only\n\
2546need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\
2547set via @code{__attribute__}.",
38f8b050
JR
2548 unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc),
2549 default_section_type_flags)
2550
d33d9e47
AI
2551DEFHOOK
2552(libc_has_function,
2553 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2554@var{fn_class} is present at the runtime.",
2555 bool, (enum function_class fn_class),
2556 default_libc_has_function)
2557
38f8b050
JR
2558/* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or
2559 not, at the current point in the compilation. */
2560DEFHOOK
2561(cannot_modify_jumps_p,
673c2f63
JM
2562 "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\
2563instructions could be created. On machines that require a register for\n\
2564every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\
2565reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\
2566\n\
2567@smallexample\n\
2568static bool\n\
2569cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\
2570@{\n\
2571 return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\
2572@}\n\
2573@end smallexample",
38f8b050
JR
2574 bool, (void),
2575 hook_bool_void_false)
2576
4b4de898
JR
2577/* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE. */
2578DEFHOOK
2579(can_follow_jump,
2580 "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\
2581 return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\
2582 false, if it can't.\
2583 For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\
2584 follow through a hot/cold partitioning.",
c1ce59ab
DM
2585 bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee),
2586 hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true)
4b4de898 2587
38f8b050
JR
2588/* Return a register class for which branch target register
2589 optimizations should be applied. */
2590DEFHOOK
2591(branch_target_register_class,
673c2f63
JM
2592 "This target hook returns a register class for which branch target register\n\
2593optimizations should be applied. All registers in this class should be\n\
2594usable interchangeably. After reload, registers in this class will be\n\
2595re-allocated and loads will be hoisted out of loops and be subjected\n\
2596to inter-block scheduling.",
a87cf97e 2597 reg_class_t, (void),
38f8b050
JR
2598 default_branch_target_register_class)
2599
2600/* Return true if branch target register optimizations should include
2601 callee-saved registers that are not already live during the current
2602 function. AFTER_PE_GEN is true if prologues and epilogues have
2603 already been generated. */
2604DEFHOOK
2605(branch_target_register_callee_saved,
673c2f63
JM
2606 "Branch target register optimization will by default exclude callee-saved\n\
2607registers\n\
2608that are not already live during the current function; if this target hook\n\
2609returns true, they will be included. The target code must than make sure\n\
2610that all target registers in the class returned by\n\
2611@samp{TARGET_BRANCH_TARGET_REGISTER_CLASS} that might need saving are\n\
2612saved. @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} indicates if prologues and\n\
2613epilogues have already been generated. Note, even if you only return\n\
2614true when @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} is false, you still are likely\n\
2615to have to make special provisions in @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET}\n\
2616to reserve space for caller-saved target registers.",
38f8b050
JR
2617 bool, (bool after_prologue_epilogue_gen),
2618 hook_bool_bool_false)
2619
2620/* Return true if the target supports conditional execution. */
2621DEFHOOK
2622(have_conditional_execution,
673c2f63
JM
2623 "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\
2624This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\
2625modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.",
38f8b050
JR
2626 bool, (void),
2627 default_have_conditional_execution)
2628
2e0f1341
ZC
2629DEFHOOK
2630(gen_ccmp_first,
5f3bc026
ZC
2631 "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\
2632 sequence of conditional comparisions. It returns a appropriate @code{CC}\n\
2633 for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}. The insns to\n\
2634 prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare insns are\n\
2635 saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the compares in the\n\
2636 the conditional comparision are generated without error. @var{code} is\n\
2e0f1341 2637 the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.",
5f3bc026 2638 rtx, (rtx *prep_seq, rtx *gen_seq, int code, tree op0, tree op1),
2e0f1341
ZC
2639 NULL)
2640
2641DEFHOOK
2642(gen_ccmp_next,
5f3bc026
ZC
2643 "This function prepare to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence of\n\
2644 conditional comparisons. It returns a appropriate @code{CC} for passing to\n\
2645 @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}. The insns to prepare the\n\
2646 compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare insns are saved in\n\
2647 @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the compares in the conditional\n\
2648 comparision are generated without error. The @var{prev} expression is the\n\
2649 result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first} or @code{gen_ccmp_next}. It\n\
2650 may return @code{NULL} if the combination of @var{prev} and this comparison is\n\
2e0f1341
ZC
2651 not supported, otherwise the result must be appropriate for passing to\n\
2652 @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}. @var{code} is the\n\
2653 @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}. @var{bit_code}\n\
2654 is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the two compares.",
5f3bc026 2655 rtx, (rtx *prep_seq, rtx *gen_seq, rtx prev, int cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, int bit_code),
2e0f1341
ZC
2656 NULL)
2657
38f8b050
JR
2658/* Return a new value for loop unroll size. */
2659DEFHOOK
2660(loop_unroll_adjust,
673c2f63
JM
2661 "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\
2662should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\
2663the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\
2664the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\
2665is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\
2666number of memory accesses.",
38f8b050
JR
2667 unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, struct loop *loop),
2668 NULL)
2669
1a627b35
RS
2670/* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand. */
2671DEFHOOK
2672(legitimate_constant_p,
673c2f63
JM
2673 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\
2674@var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that\n\
2675@var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\
2676\n\
2677The default definition returns true.",
ef4bddc2 2678 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
1a627b35
RS
2679 hook_bool_mode_rtx_true)
2680
38f8b050
JR
2681/* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool. */
2682DEFHOOK
2683(cannot_force_const_mem,
673c2f63
JM
2684 "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\
2685should not) be spilled to the constant pool. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2686of @var{x}.\n\
2687\n\
2688The default version of this hook returns false.\n\
2689\n\
2690The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\
2691deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\
2692from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\
2693holding the constant. This restriction is often true of addresses\n\
2694of TLS symbols for various targets.",
ef4bddc2 2695 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
fbbf66e7 2696 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
38f8b050
JR
2697
2698DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2699(cannot_copy_insn_p,
2700 "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.",
ac44248e 2701 bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
2702
2703/* True if X is considered to be commutative. */
2704DEFHOOK
2705(commutative_p,
673c2f63
JM
2706 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\
2707Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\
2708PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@. @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\
2709of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.",
38f8b050
JR
2710 bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code),
2711 hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p)
2712
2713/* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends
2714 on the mode of the memory reference it is used in. */
2715DEFHOOK
2716(mode_dependent_address_p,
673c2f63
JM
2717 "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\
2718space @var{addrspace} can have\n\
2719different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\
2720reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\
2721but not others.\n\
2722\n\
2723Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\
2724effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\
2725of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\
2726addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\
2727\n\
2728You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\
2729\n\
2730The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.",
5bfed9a9 2731 bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace),
38f8b050
JR
2732 default_mode_dependent_address_p)
2733
2734/* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific
2735 ways to make it legitimate. Return X or an invalid address on failure. */
2736DEFHOOK
2737(legitimize_address,
673c2f63
JM
2738 "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\
2739operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\
2740address.\n\
2741\n\
2742@findex break_out_memory_refs\n\
2743@var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\
2744and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\
2745@var{x}.\n\
2746\n\
2747The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\
2748@var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\
2749should return the new @var{x}.\n\
2750\n\
2751It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\
2752with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\
2753The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, if\n\
2754the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\
2755is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\
2756a valid way to legitimize the address. But often a machine-dependent\n\
2757strategy can generate better code.",
ef4bddc2 2758 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
2759 default_legitimize_address)
2760
2761/* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS. */
2762DEFHOOK
2763(delegitimize_address,
673c2f63
JM
2764 "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\
2765@code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\
2766macros. Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\
2767references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\
2768addressing modes. This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\
2769the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\
2770into their original form.",
38f8b050
JR
2771 rtx, (rtx x),
2772 delegitimize_mem_from_attrs)
2773
93bcc8c9
JJ
2774/* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info
2775 section. */
2776DEFHOOK
2777(const_not_ok_for_debug_p,
673c2f63
JM
2778 "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\
2779debug sections.",
93bcc8c9
JJ
2780 bool, (rtx x),
2781 hook_bool_rtx_false)
2782
38f8b050
JR
2783/* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid. */
2784DEFHOOK
2785(legitimate_address_p,
673c2f63
JM
2786 "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\
2787address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2788\n\
2789Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\
2790non-strict one. The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\
2791desired by the caller.\n\
2792\n\
2793The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so\n\
2794that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\
2795considered a memory reference. This is because in contexts where some\n\
2796kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\
2797must be rejected. For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\
2798up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\
2799register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\
2800if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\
2801\n\
2802The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to\n\
2803accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\
2804register is required.\n\
2805\n\
2806Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\
2807and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\
2808constant. Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\
2809specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply\n\
2810recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\
2811\n\
2812Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\
2813sums that are not marked with @code{const}. It assumes that a naked\n\
2814@code{plus} indicates indexing. If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\
2815naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\
2816be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\
2817\n\
2818@cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\
2819On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\
2820the section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the\n\
2821target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\
2822into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. When you see a\n\
2823@code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\
2824@code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section. @xref{Assembler\n\
2825Format}.\n\
2826\n\
2827@cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\
2828Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\
2829this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro. This macro\n\
2830has this syntax:\n\
2831\n\
2832@example\n\
2833#define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\
2834@end example\n\
2835\n\
2836@noindent\n\
2837and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\
2838address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2839\n\
2840@findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\
2841Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\
2842macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}. You should use an\n\
2843@code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\
2844that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\
2845\n\
2846Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\
2847files that are recompiled when changes are made.",
ef4bddc2 2848 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict),
38f8b050
JR
2849 default_legitimate_address_p)
2850
2851/* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block. */
2852DEFHOOK
2853(use_blocks_for_constant_p,
673c2f63
JM
2854 "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\
2855be placed in an @code{object_block} structure. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2856of @var{x}.\n\
2857\n\
2858The default version returns false for all constants.",
ef4bddc2 2859 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x),
38f8b050
JR
2860 hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false)
2861
361a58da
DE
2862/* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block. */
2863DEFHOOK
2864(use_blocks_for_decl_p,
673c2f63
JM
2865 "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\
2866be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\
2867\n\
2868The default version returns true for all decls.",
361a58da
DE
2869 bool, (const_tree decl),
2870 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
2871
38f8b050
JR
2872/* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses. */
2873DEFHOOKPOD
2874(min_anchor_offset,
673c2f63
JM
2875 "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\
2876On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\
2877applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\
2878for every mode. The default value is 0.",
38f8b050
JR
2879 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2880
2881DEFHOOKPOD
2882(max_anchor_offset,
673c2f63
JM
2883 "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\
2884offset that should be applied to section anchors. The default\n\
2885value is 0.",
38f8b050
JR
2886 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2887
2888/* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol. */
2889DEFHOOK
2890(use_anchors_for_symbol_p,
673c2f63
JM
2891 "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\
2892@var{x}. You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\
2893@samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\
2894\n\
2895The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\
2896intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\
2897or target-specific sections.",
38f8b050
JR
2898 bool, (const_rtx x),
2899 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p)
2900
2f251a05
AI
2901/* True if target supports indirect functions. */
2902DEFHOOK
2903(has_ifunc_p,
2904 "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\
2905The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\
2906The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.",
2907 bool, (void),
2908 default_has_ifunc_p)
2909
38f8b050
JR
2910/* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified
2911 call expression EXP. DECL will be the called function, or NULL if
2912 this is an indirect call. */
2913DEFHOOK
2914(function_ok_for_sibcall,
5bd40ade 2915 "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\
673c2f63
JM
2916call expression @var{exp}. @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\
2917or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\
2918\n\
2919It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\
2920tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\
2921during PIC compilation. The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\
2922as the @code{sibcall} md pattern can not fail, or fall over to a\n\
2923``normal'' call. The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\
2924may vary greatly between different architectures.",
38f8b050
JR
2925 bool, (tree decl, tree exp),
2926 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
2927
2928/* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function
2929 FNDECL. The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top
2930 level, outside of any function scope. */
2931DEFHOOK
2932(set_current_function,
673c2f63
JM
2933 "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\
2934context (@code{cfun}). You can define this function if\n\
2935the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\
2936per-function basis. For example, it may be used to implement function\n\
2937attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\
2938The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\
2939and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\
2940and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\
2941The default hook function does nothing.\n\
2942\n\
2943GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\
2944some parts of the back end. The hook function is not invoked in this\n\
2945situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\
2946or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\
2947@code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\
2948outside of any function scope.",
38f8b050
JR
2949 void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree)
2950
2951/* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section. */
2952DEFHOOK
2953(in_small_data_p,
673c2f63
JM
2954 "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\
2955The default version of this hook always returns false.",
38f8b050
JR
2956 bool, (const_tree exp),
2957 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2958
2959/* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve
2960 to the current executable or shared library. */
2961DEFHOOK
2962(binds_local_p,
673c2f63
JM
2963 "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\
2964rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\
2965or executable image).\n\
2966\n\
2967The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\
2968for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\
2969currently supported object file formats.",
38f8b050
JR
2970 bool, (const_tree exp),
2971 default_binds_local_p)
2972
3c5273a9
KT
2973/* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue. */
2974DEFHOOK
2975(profile_before_prologue,
2976 "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\
2977The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\
2978@code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.",
2979 bool, (void),
2980 default_profile_before_prologue)
2981
d56a43a0
AK
2982/* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling
2983 enabled. */
2984DEFHOOK
2985(keep_leaf_when_profiled,
2986 "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\
2987 the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount. This might\
2988 make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\
2989 stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\
2990 mcount is generated before the function prologue.",
2991 bool, (void),
2992 default_keep_leaf_when_profiled)
2993
38f8b050
JR
2994/* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name,
2995 originally identified by ID, as required by the target,
2996 (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names).
2997 The default is to return ID without modification. */
2998DEFHOOK
2999(mangle_decl_assembler_name,
673c2f63
JM
3000 "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\
3001by target-independent code. The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\
3002the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\
3003or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++). The return value of the\n\
3004hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\
3005your target system. The default implementation of this hook just\n\
3006returns the @var{id} provided.",
38f8b050
JR
3007 tree, (tree decl, tree id),
3008 default_mangle_decl_assembler_name)
3009
3010/* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into
3011 the associated SYMBOL_REF. */
3012DEFHOOK
3013(encode_section_info,
673c2f63
JM
3014 "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\
3015treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\
3016function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\
3017\n\
3018The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\
3019@var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\
3020an entry in the constant pool. In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\
3021rtl in question. Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\
3022in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\
3023\n\
3024In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\
3025a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}. Most decls\n\
3026will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed. Global\n\
3027register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\
3028rtl. (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\
3029leave it alone.)\n\
3030\n\
3031The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\
3032that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl. It will\n\
3033be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\
3034declarations. Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\
3035declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\
3036@var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\
3037\n\
3038@cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3039The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\
3040@code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3041Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\
3042encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\
3043discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3044\n\
3045The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\
3046in @file{varasm.c}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\
3047@code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. Check whether the default does what you need\n\
3048before overriding it.",
38f8b050
JR
3049 void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p),
3050 default_encode_section_info)
3051
3052/* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string. */
3053DEFHOOK
3054(strip_name_encoding,
673c2f63
JM
3055 "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\
3056the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3057may have added.",
38f8b050
JR
3058 const char *, (const char *name),
3059 default_strip_name_encoding)
3060
3061/* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count,
3062 return the mask that they apply. Return 0 otherwise. */
3063DEFHOOK
3064(shift_truncation_mask,
673c2f63
JM
3065 "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\
3066deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\
3067@xref{shift patterns}.\n\
3068\n\
3069On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\
3070shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\
3071equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}. If\n\
3072this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\
3073otherwise it should return 0. A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\
3074particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\
3075\n\
3076Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\
3077@emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\
3078that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\
3079\n\
3080The default implementation of this function returns\n\
3081@code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\
3082and 0 otherwise. This definition is always safe, but if\n\
3083@code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\
3084nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\
3085by overriding it.",
ef4bddc2 3086 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3087 default_shift_truncation_mask)
3088
3089/* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present,
3090 so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by
3091 the reciprocal. */
3092DEFHOOK
3093(min_divisions_for_recip_mul,
673c2f63
JM
3094 "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\
3095divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\
3096the reciprocal. This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\
3097that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\
3098of mode @var{mode}. The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\
3099has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.",
ef4bddc2 3100 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3101 default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul)
3102
3103/* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are
3104 always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return
3105 SIGN_EXTEND. Return UNKNOWN otherwise. */
3106/* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not
3107 necessarily defined at this point. */
3108DEFHOOK
3109(mode_rep_extended,
673c2f63
JM
3110 "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\
3111are always extended to a wider integral mode. Return\n\
3112@code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\
3113sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}. Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3114otherwise. (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\
3115representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\
3116@code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\
3117@code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}. Also no target extends\n\
3118@var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\
3119widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\
3120\n\
3121Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3122value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\
3123as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\
3124@code{CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns nonzero.\n\
3125\n\
3126Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\
3127describe two related properties. If you define\n\
3128@code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\
3129to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\
3130extension.\n\
3131\n\
3132In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\
3133@code{TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\
3134@code{mode}.",
ef4bddc2 3135 int, (machine_mode mode, machine_mode rep_mode),
38f8b050
JR
3136 default_mode_rep_extended)
3137
3138/* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))). */
3139DEFHOOK
3140(valid_pointer_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3141 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3142with machine mode @var{mode}. The default version of this\n\
3143hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.",
ef4bddc2 3144 bool, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3145 default_valid_pointer_mode)
3146
7352c013
RG
3147/* Disambiguate with errno. */
3148DEFHOOK
3149(ref_may_alias_errno,
3150 "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\
3151 may alias with the system C library errno location. The default\
3152 version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\
3153 is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\
3154 a pointer to int.",
84562394 3155 bool, (struct ao_ref *ref),
7352c013
RG
3156 default_ref_may_alias_errno)
3157
38f8b050
JR
3158/* Support for named address spaces. */
3159#undef HOOK_PREFIX
3160#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_"
3161HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space)
3162
3163/* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space. */
3164DEFHOOK
3165(pointer_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3166 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\
3167@var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
0a798c16 3168The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode}.",
ef4bddc2 3169 machine_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
38f8b050
JR
3170 default_addr_space_pointer_mode)
3171
3172/* MODE to use for an address in another address space. */
3173DEFHOOK
3174(address_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3175 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\
3176@var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
0a798c16 3177The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode}.",
ef4bddc2 3178 machine_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
38f8b050
JR
3179 default_addr_space_address_mode)
3180
3181/* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE")))
3182 in another address space. */
3183DEFHOOK
3184(valid_pointer_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3185 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3186with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3187hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\
3188except that it includes explicit named address space support. The default\n\
3189version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\
3190@code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\
3191target hooks for the given address space.",
ef4bddc2 3192 bool, (machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
38f8b050
JR
3193 default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode)
3194
3195/* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address
3196 space for a given mode. */
3197DEFHOOK
3198(legitimate_address_p,
673c2f63
JM
3199 "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\
3200@var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. The @var{strict}\n\
3201parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\
3202finished. This target hook is the same as the\n\
3203@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\
3204explicit named address space support.",
ef4bddc2 3205 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as),
38f8b050
JR
3206 default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p)
3207
3208/* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named
3209 address space to a valid one. If NULL_RTX is returned use machine
3210 independent methods to make the address valid. */
3211DEFHOOK
3212(legitimize_address,
673c2f63
JM
3213 "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\
3214with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3215hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\
3216except that it includes explicit named address space support.",
ef4bddc2 3217 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
38f8b050
JR
3218 default_addr_space_legitimize_address)
3219
3220/* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */
3221DEFHOOK
3222(subset_p,
673c2f63
JM
3223 "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\
3224contained within the @var{superset} named address space. Pointers to\n\
3225a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\
3226will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\
3227arithmetic operations. Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\
3228converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.",
b5bcaa4a 3229 bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset),
38f8b050
JR
3230 default_addr_space_subset_p)
3231
6626f970
RH
3232/* True if 0 is a valid address in the address space, or false if
3233 0 is a NULL in the address space. */
3234DEFHOOK
3235(zero_address_valid,
3236 "Define this to modify the default handling of address 0 for the\n\
3237address space. Return true if 0 should be considered a valid address.",
3238 bool, (addr_space_t as),
3239 default_addr_space_zero_address_valid)
3240
38f8b050
JR
3241/* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another. */
3242DEFHOOK
3243(convert,
673c2f63
JM
3244 "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\
3245@var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\
3246space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\
3247to a different named address space. When this hook it called, it is\n\
3248guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\
3249as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.",
38f8b050
JR
3250 rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type),
3251 default_addr_space_convert)
3252
f736b911
RH
3253/* Function to encode an address space into dwarf. */
3254DEFHOOK
3255(debug,
3256 "Define this to define how the address space is encoded in dwarf.\n\
3257The result is the value to be used with @code{DW_AT_address_class}.",
3258 int, (addr_space_t as),
3259 default_addr_space_debug)
3260
38f8b050
JR
3261HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space)
3262
3263#undef HOOK_PREFIX
3264#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
3265
3266/* True if MODE is valid for the target. By "valid", we mean able to
3267 be manipulated in non-trivial ways. In particular, this means all
3268 the arithmetic is supported. */
3269DEFHOOK
3270(scalar_mode_supported_p,
673c2f63
JM
3271 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3272insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}. For a scalar mode to be\n\
3273considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\
3274must work.\n\
3275\n\
3276The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\
3277required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\
3278Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\
3279code in @file{optabs.c}.",
ef4bddc2 3280 bool, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3281 default_scalar_mode_supported_p)
3282
3283/* Similarly for vector modes. "Supported" here is less strict. At
3284 least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins
3285 for further details. */
3286DEFHOOK
3287(vector_mode_supported_p,
673c2f63
JM
3288 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3289insns involving vector mode @var{mode}. At the very least, it\n\
3290must have move patterns for this mode.",
ef4bddc2 3291 bool, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3292 hook_bool_mode_false)
3293
5aea1e76
UW
3294DEFHOOK
3295(vector_alignment,
3296 "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\
3297@var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI. The default is to\n\
3298require natural alignment for vector types. The alignment returned by\n\
3299this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\
3300the vector element type.",
3301 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
3302 default_vector_alignment)
3303
0f6d54f7
RS
3304/* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array,
3305 overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit. */
3306DEFHOOK
3307(array_mode_supported_p,
3308 "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\
3309of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\
3310Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\
3311and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\
3312\n\
3313One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\
3314that operate on several homogeneous vectors. For example, ARM NEON\n\
3315has operations like:\n\
3316\n\
3317@smallexample\n\
3318int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\
3319@end smallexample\n\
3320\n\
3321where the return type is defined as:\n\
3322\n\
3323@smallexample\n\
3324typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\
3325@{\n\
3326 int8x8_t val[3];\n\
3327@} int8x8x3_t;\n\
3328@end smallexample\n\
3329\n\
3330If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\
3331@code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode. GCC can then store\n\
3332@code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.",
ef4bddc2 3333 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
0f6d54f7
RS
3334 hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false)
3335
8cc4b7a2
JM
3336DEFHOOK
3337(libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p,
3338 "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\
3339floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\
3340@code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}. The default version of this \n\
3341hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\
3342@code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.",
ef4bddc2 3343 bool, (machine_mode mode),
8cc4b7a2
JM
3344 default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p)
3345
38f8b050
JR
3346/* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of
3347 TO, using MODE. */
3348DEFHOOK
3349(register_move_cost,
673c2f63
JM
3350 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3351from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes\n\
3352are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\
3353A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\
3354that.\n\
3355\n\
3356It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\
3357same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\
3358registers if they are not general registers.\n\
3359\n\
3360If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\
3361hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\
3362classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\
3363constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\
3364allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this\n\
3365if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\
3366\n\
3367The default version of this function returns 2.",
ef4bddc2 3368 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to),
38f8b050
JR
3369 default_register_move_cost)
3370
3371/* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory. */
3372/* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL
3373 license grant. Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS. */
911852ff 3374DEFHOOK
38f8b050 3375(memory_move_cost,
673c2f63
JM
3376 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3377between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\
3378if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\
3379This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\
3380If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\
3381registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\
3382\n\
3383If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\
3384the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\
3385needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\
3386between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\
3387more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\
3388reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\
3389\n\
3390GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\
3391secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via\n\
3392a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a\n\
3393secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\
33944 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\
3395value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function\n\
3396are the same as to this target hook.",
ef4bddc2 3397 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in),
38f8b050
JR
3398 default_memory_move_cost)
3399
7cbed008
JG
3400DEFHOOK
3401(use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p,
3402 "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\
3403two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\
3404when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\
3405implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\
3406insns. Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\
3407@code{movmem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\
3408unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\
3409\n\
3410This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\
3411given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3412infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\
3413Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\
3414units.\n\
3415\n\
3416The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\
3417@code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES}.\n\
3418These describe the type of memory operation under consideration.\n\
3419\n\
3420The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\
3421optimized for speed rather than size.\n\
3422\n\
3423Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\
3424for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\
3425@code{movmem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{movmem} or\n\
3426@code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\
3427insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\
3428the body of the memory operation.\n\
3429\n\
3430Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\
3431in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\
3432move would be greater than that of a library call.",
445d7826 3433 bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment,
7cbed008
JG
3434 enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p),
3435 default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p)
3436
d95ab70a
RS
3437DEFHOOK
3438(optab_supported_p,
3439 "Return true if the optimizers should use optab @var{op} with\n\
3440modes @var{mode1} and @var{mode2} for optimization type @var{opt_type}.\n\
3441The optab is known to have an associated @file{.md} instruction\n\
3442whose C condition is true. @var{mode2} is only meaningful for conversion\n\
3443optabs; for direct optabs it is a copy of @var{mode1}.\n\
3444\n\
3445For example, when called with @var{op} equal to @code{rint_optab} and\n\
3446@var{mode1} equal to @code{DFmode}, the hook should say whether the\n\
3447optimizers should use optab @code{rintdf2}.\n\
3448\n\
3449The default hook returns true for all inputs.",
3450 bool, (int op, machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2,
3451 optimization_type opt_type),
3452 default_optab_supported_p)
3453
38f8b050
JR
3454/* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will
3455 be allocated to registers in a small register class. The compiler is
3456 allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers
3457 but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers. */
3458DEFHOOK
3459(small_register_classes_for_mode_p,
673c2f63
JM
3460 "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\
3461small register classes. If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\
3462@var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\
3463in @var{mode}. The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\
3464In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\
3465for any mode.\n\
3466\n\
3467On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\
3468insns. Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\
3469to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\
3470if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\
3471insn.\n\
3472\n\
3473Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\
3474in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\
3475the instruction are already known. And for some machines, register\n\
3476classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\
3477registers. For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\
3478registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\
3479SSE registers for floating point operations. On such targets, a good\n\
3480strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\
3481machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\
3482\n\
3483The default version of this hook returns false for any mode. It is always\n\
3484safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value. But if you\n\
3485unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\
3486that can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this hook\n\
3487to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\
3488of spill registers and print a fatal error message.",
ef4bddc2 3489 bool, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3490 hook_bool_mode_false)
3491
e692f276
RH
3492/* Register number for a flags register. Only needs to be defined if the
3493 target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination. */
3494DEFHOOKPOD
3495(flags_regnum,
3496 "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\
3497 post-reload comparison elimination pass, then this value should be set\
3498 appropriately.",
3499 unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM)
3500
38f8b050
JR
3501/* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete
3502 cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
3503 scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */
e548c9df 3504/* Note that OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's
38f8b050
JR
3505 not necessarily defined at this point. */
3506DEFHOOK
3507(rtx_costs,
673c2f63
JM
3508 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\
3509\n\
3510The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\
3511available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\
3512as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\
3513That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\
3514that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\
3515either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\
3516(b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\
3517\n\
e548c9df
AM
3518@var{mode} is @var{x}'s machine mode, or for cases like @code{const_int} that\n\
3519do not have a mode, the mode in which @var{x} is used.\n\
673c2f63
JM
3520\n\
3521In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3522@code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3523instructions.\n\
3524\n\
3525On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\
3526for the cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as\n\
3527necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\
3528for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\
3529operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\
3530\n\
3531When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3532false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3533size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\
3534\n\
3535The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\
3536processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.",
e548c9df
AM
3537 bool, (rtx x, machine_mode mode, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed),
3538 hook_bool_rtx_mode_int_int_intp_bool_false)
38f8b050
JR
3539
3540/* Compute the cost of X, used as an address. Never called with
3541 invalid addresses. */
3542DEFHOOK
3543(address_cost,
673c2f63
JM
3544 "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\
3545@var{address}. If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\
3546the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\
3547\n\
3548For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\
3549true cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all\n\
3550instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence\n\
3551all addresses will have equal costs.\n\
3552\n\
3553In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\
3554the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\
3555cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\
3556\n\
3557For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\
3558and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro\n\
3559is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\
3560references will be indirect through that register. On machines where\n\
3561the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\
3562that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\
3563instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper\n\
3564specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\
3565\n\
3566This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\
3567\n\
3568On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\
3569cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\
3570@code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\
3571be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\
3572@code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner. This effect\n\
3573should be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs\n\
3574should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\
3575registers on machines with lots of registers.",
ef4bddc2 3576 int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed),
38f8b050
JR
3577 default_address_cost)
3578
f52a73a4
SD
3579/* Permit speculative instructions in delay slots during delayed-branch
3580 scheduling. */
3581DEFHOOK
3582(no_speculation_in_delay_slots_p,
3583 "This predicate controls the use of the eager delay slot filler to disallow\n\
3584speculatively executed instructions being placed in delay slots. Targets\n\
3585such as certain MIPS architectures possess both branches with and without\n\
3586delay slots. As the eager delay slot filler can decrease performance,\n\
3587disabling it is beneficial when ordinary branches are available. Use of\n\
3588delay slot branches filled using the basic filler is often still desirable\n\
3589as the delay slot can hide a pipeline bubble.", bool, (void),
3590 hook_bool_void_false)
3591
38f8b050
JR
3592/* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value. */
3593DEFHOOK
3594(allocate_initial_value,
673c2f63
JM
3595 "\n\
3596When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\
3597register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\
3598to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\
3599it has been saved into can be used. @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\
3600is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\
3601that had its initial value copied by using\n\
3602@code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\
3603Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\
3604to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\
3605the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\
3606@code{MEM}.\n\
3607If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\
3608it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\
3609You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\
3610@code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\
3611register in question will not be clobbered.\n\
3612The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\
3613allocation.",
38f8b050
JR
3614 rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL)
3615
c84a808e 3616/* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap.
38f8b050
JR
3617 FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.c: may_trap_p_1. */
3618DEFHOOK
3619(unspec_may_trap_p,
673c2f63
JM
3620 "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\
3621@code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap. Targets can use\n\
3622this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\
3623@code{unspec_volatile} operations. You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
3624to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
3625passed along.",
38f8b050
JR
3626 int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
3627 default_unspec_may_trap_p)
3628
3629/* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers
3630 to represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook
3631 if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in
3632 non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be
3633 represented in more than one register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this
3634 hook should return NULL_RTX. */
3635DEFHOOK
3636(dwarf_register_span,
673c2f63
JM
3637 "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\
3638represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook if the\n\
3639register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\
3640locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\
3641register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\
3642If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.",
38f8b050
JR
3643 rtx, (rtx reg),
3644 hook_rtx_rtx_null)
3645
ff050c66
MF
3646/* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame
3647 register. */
3648DEFHOOK
3649(dwarf_frame_reg_mode,
3650 "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\
3651corresponding Dwarf frame register should have. This is normally\n\
3652used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\
3653clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size",
ef4bddc2 3654 machine_mode, (int regno),
ff050c66
MF
3655 default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode)
3656
38f8b050
JR
3657/* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table
3658 entries not corresponding directly to registers below
3659 FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary
3660 code, given the address of the table. */
3661DEFHOOK
3662(init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra,
673c2f63
JM
3663 "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\
3664multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\
3665sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\
3666It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\
3667filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\
3668@var{address} is the address of the table.",
38f8b050
JR
3669 void, (tree address),
3670 hook_void_tree)
3671
3672/* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for
3673 targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to
3674 the condition codes. This should return true if there is such a
3675 register, false otherwise. The arguments should be set to the
3676 fixed register numbers. Up to two condition code registers are
3677 supported. If there is only one for this target, the int pointed
3678 at by the second argument should be set to -1. */
3679DEFHOOK
3680(fixed_condition_code_regs,
673c2f63
JM
3681 "On targets which do not use @code{(cc0)}, and which use a hard\n\
3682register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\
3683regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\
3684hard register is set to a common value. Use this hook to enable a\n\
3685small pass which optimizes such cases. This hook should return true\n\
3686to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\
3687arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\
3688When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\
3689integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\
3690@code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\
3691\n\
3692The default version of this hook returns false.",
38f8b050
JR
3693 bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2),
3694 hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false)
3695
3696/* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition
3697 code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison
3698 done in the returned mode will work for both of the original
3699 modes. If the condition code modes are not compatible, return
3700 VOIDmode. */
3701DEFHOOK
3702(cc_modes_compatible,
673c2f63
JM
3703 "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\
3704@code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\
3705validly done in more than one mode. On such a system, define this\n\
3706target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\
3707both comparisons may be validly done. If there is no such mode,\n\
3708return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\
3709\n\
3710The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\
3711same. If they are, it returns that mode. If they are different, it\n\
3712returns @code{VOIDmode}.",
ef4bddc2 3713 machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2),
38f8b050
JR
3714 default_cc_modes_compatible)
3715
3716/* Do machine-dependent code transformations. Called just before
3717 delayed-branch scheduling. */
3718DEFHOOK
3719(machine_dependent_reorg,
673c2f63
JM
3720 "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\
3721instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\
3722just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\
3723\n\
3724The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some use\n\
3725it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\
3726laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\
3727Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\
3728\n\
3729You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The default\n\
3730definition is null.",
38f8b050
JR
3731 void, (void), NULL)
3732
3733/* Create the __builtin_va_list type. */
3734DEFHOOK
3735(build_builtin_va_list,
673c2f63
JM
3736 "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\
3737The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.",
38f8b050
JR
3738 tree, (void),
3739 std_build_builtin_va_list)
3740
3741/* Enumerate the va list variants. */
07a5b2bc 3742DEFHOOK
38f8b050 3743(enum_va_list_p,
673c2f63
JM
3744 "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\
3745to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\
3746variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\
3747to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\
3748variable.\n\
3749The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\
3750this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\
3751internal type.\n\
3752If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\
3753Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\
3754macro to iterate through all types.",
38f8b050
JR
3755 int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree),
3756 NULL)
3757
3758/* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type. */
3759DEFHOOK
3760(fn_abi_va_list,
673c2f63
JM
3761 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\
3762@var{fndecl}.\n\
3763The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.",
38f8b050
JR
3764 tree, (tree fndecl),
3765 std_fn_abi_va_list)
3766
3767/* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type. */
3768DEFHOOK
3769(canonical_va_list_type,
673c2f63
JM
3770 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\
3771type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\
3772@code{NULL_TREE}.",
38f8b050
JR
3773 tree, (tree type),
3774 std_canonical_va_list_type)
3775
3776/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
3777DEFHOOK_UNDOC
3778(expand_builtin_va_start,
3779"Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.",
3780 void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL)
3781
3782/* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR. */
3783DEFHOOK
3784(gimplify_va_arg_expr,
673c2f63
JM
3785 "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\
3786@code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. The first two parameters correspond to the\n\
3787arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\
3788@code{gimplify.c:gimplify_expr}.",
38f8b050
JR
3789 tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p),
3790 std_gimplify_va_arg_expr)
3791
3792/* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific.
3793 get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored,
3794 and stores the size in its argument. pch_valid_p gets the same
3795 information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid,
3796 or an error message if not. */
3797DEFHOOK
3798(get_pch_validity,
673c2f63
JM
3799 "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\
3800@code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\
3801@samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.",
38f8b050
JR
3802 void *, (size_t *sz),
3803 default_get_pch_validity)
3804
3805DEFHOOK
3806(pch_valid_p,
673c2f63
JM
3807 "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\
3808compatible with the current settings. It returns @code{NULL}\n\
3809if so and a suitable error message if not. Error messages will\n\
3810be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\
3811\n\
3812@var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\
3813when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\
3814It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\
3815compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\
3816\n\
3817The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\
3818suitable for most targets.",
38f8b050
JR
3819 const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz),
3820 default_pch_valid_p)
3821
e32ea2d1
RS
3822DEFHOOK
3823(prepare_pch_save,
3824 "Called before writing out a PCH file. If the target has some\n\
3825garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\
3826it can use this hook to enforce that state. Very few targets need\n\
3827to do anything here.",
3828 void, (void),
3829 hook_void_void)
3830
38f8b050
JR
3831/* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the
3832 given set of target flags can be used. It returns NULL if so,
3833 otherwise it returns an error message. */
3834DEFHOOK
3835(check_pch_target_flags,
673c2f63
JM
3836 "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\
3837@code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\
3838of @code{target_flags}. @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\
3839@code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created. The return\n\
3840value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.",
38f8b050
JR
3841 const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL)
3842
3843/* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many
3844 bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of
3845 that type. */
3846DEFHOOK
3847(default_short_enums,
673c2f63
JM
3848 "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\
3849@code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\
3850of possible values of that type. It should return false if all\n\
3851@code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\
3852\n\
3853The default is to return false.",
38f8b050
JR
3854 bool, (void),
3855 hook_bool_void_false)
3856
3857/* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address
3858 of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer. */
3859DEFHOOK
3860(builtin_setjmp_frame_value,
673c2f63
JM
3861 "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\
3862the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\
3863The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\
3864machines. One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\
3865@code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.",
38f8b050
JR
3866 rtx, (void),
3867 default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value)
3868
7ca35180
RH
3869/* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints,
3870 and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm. */
3871DEFHOOK
3872(md_asm_adjust,
3873 "This target hook may add @dfn{clobbers} to @var{clobbers} and\n\
3874@var{clobbered_regs} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically\n\
3875clobber for an asm. The @var{outputs} and @var{inputs} may be inspected\n\
3876to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm.\n\
3877\n\
3878It may modify the @var{outputs}, @var{inputs}, and @var{constraints}\n\
3879as necessary for other pre-processing. In this case the return value is\n\
3880a sequence of insns to emit after the asm.",
3881 rtx_insn *,
3882 (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<const char *>& constraints,
3883 vec<rtx>& clobbers, HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs),
3884 NULL)
38f8b050
JR
3885
3886/* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention
3887 in the debug information. This function actually returns an
3888 enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations
3889 and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included
3890 the function is being declared as an int. */
3891DEFHOOK
3892(dwarf_calling_convention,
673c2f63
JM
3893 "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\
3894be emitted for each function. Instead of an integer return the enum\n\
3895value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.",
38f8b050
JR
3896 int, (const_tree function),
3897 hook_int_const_tree_0)
3898
3899/* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that
3900 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The call frame debugging info
3901 engine will invoke it on insns of the form
3902 (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX))
3903 and
3904 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX))
3905 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. */
3906DEFHOOK
3907(dwarf_handle_frame_unspec,
673c2f63
JM
3908 "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\
3909contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\
3910info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\
3911@smallexample\n\
3912(set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\
3913@end smallexample\n\
3914and\n\
3915@smallexample\n\
3916(set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\
3917@end smallexample\n\
3918to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. @var{label} is\n\
3919the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\
3920the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.",
38f8b050
JR
3921 void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL)
3922
3923/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
3924DEFHOOK_UNDOC
3925(stdarg_optimize_hook,
3926"Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\
3927 from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. @var{stmt} is the statement. Returns true if\
3928 the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.",
355fe088 3929 bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const gimple *stmt), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
3930
3931/* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL
3932 that represents the external variable that contains the stack
3933 protection guard variable. The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node. */
3934DEFHOOK
3935(stack_protect_guard,
673c2f63
JM
3936 "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\
3937for the stack protection guard. This variable is initialized by the\n\
3938runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\
3939that is placed at the top of the local stack frame. The type of this\n\
3940variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\
3941\n\
3942The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\
3943@samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
38f8b050
JR
3944 tree, (void),
3945 default_stack_protect_guard)
3946
3947/* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR
3948 that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails. */
3949DEFHOOK
3950(stack_protect_fail,
673c2f63
JM
3951 "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\
3952stack protect guard variable has been modified. This expression should\n\
3953involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\
3954\n\
3955The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\
3956@samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments. This function is\n\
3957normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
38f8b050
JR
3958 tree, (void),
3959 default_external_stack_protect_fail)
3960
1d0216c8
RS
3961DEFHOOK
3962(can_use_doloop_p,
3963 "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\
3964and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop. @var{iterations} gives the\n\
3965exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{iterations_max} gives\n\
3966the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{loop_depth} is\n\
3967the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\
3968contain innermost loops, and so on. @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\
3969loop is only entered from the top.\n\
3970\n\
3971This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available. The default\n\
3972implementation returns true. You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\
3973if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.",
807e902e 3974 bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max,
1d0216c8 3975 unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top),
807e902e 3976 hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true)
1d0216c8 3977
38f8b050
JR
3978/* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block,
3979 otherwise it returns an error message. */
3980DEFHOOK
3981(invalid_within_doloop,
673c2f63
JM
3982 "\n\
3983Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\
3984low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\
3985could not be applied.\n\
3986\n\
3987Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\
3988instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\
3989the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\
3990By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\
3991loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.",
ac44248e 3992 const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn),
38f8b050
JR
3993 default_invalid_within_doloop)
3994
78e4f1ad
UB
3995/* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn. */
3996DEFHOOK
3997(legitimate_combined_insn,
3998"Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\
3999 is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions. The\
4000 default is to accept all instructions.",
ac44248e
DM
4001 bool, (rtx_insn *insn),
4002 hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
78e4f1ad 4003
38f8b050
JR
4004DEFHOOK
4005(valid_dllimport_attribute_p,
4006"@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\
4007 specified. Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\
4008 checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.",
4009 bool, (const_tree decl),
4010 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
4011
4012/* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this
4013 value. */
4014DEFHOOKPOD
4015(const_anchor,
673c2f63
JM
4016 "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\
4017a constant. If there is another constant already in a register that\n\
4018is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\
4019is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\
4020subtraction. We accomplish this through CSE. Besides the value of\n\
4021the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\
4022available expressions. These are then queried when encountering new\n\
4023constants. The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\
4024down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\
4025@code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\
4026accepted by immediate-add plus one. We currently assume that the\n\
4027value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2. For example, on\n\
4028MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\
4029@code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}. The default value\n\
4030is zero, which disables this optimization.",
38f8b050
JR
4031 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
4032
5dcfdccd
KY
4033/* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port */
4034DEFHOOK
4035(memmodel_check,
673c2f63
JM
4036 "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\
4037memory model bits are allowed.",
5dcfdccd
KY
4038 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL)
4039
dfe06d3e
JJ
4040/* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
4041 Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not
4042 supported by the target. */
4043DEFHOOK
4044(asan_shadow_offset,
4045 "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\
4046Address Sanitizer shadow memory address. NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\
4047supported by the target.",
4048 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
4049 NULL)
4050
38f8b050
JR
4051/* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc. */
4052/* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix. */
4053HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls)
4054
4055DEFHOOK
4056(promote_function_mode,
673c2f63
JM
4057 "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\
4058function return values. The target hook should return the new mode\n\
4059and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\
4060change signedness. This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\
4061pointer} types.\n\
4062\n\
4063@var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\
4064return values. If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\
4065@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\
4066If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\
4067which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\
4068then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\
4069the signedness may be different.\n\
4070\n\
4071@var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\
4072\n\
4073The default is to not promote arguments and return values. You can\n\
4074also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\
4075if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.",
ef4bddc2 4076 machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp,
38f8b050
JR
4077 const_tree funtype, int for_return),
4078 default_promote_function_mode)
4079
4080DEFHOOK
4081(promote_prototypes,
673c2f63
JM
4082 "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\
4083prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\
4084passed as an @code{int}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\
4085cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\
4086The default is to not promote prototypes.",
38f8b050
JR
4087 bool, (const_tree fntype),
4088 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4089
4090DEFHOOK
4091(struct_value_rtx,
673c2f63
JM
4092 "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\
4093address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\
4094passed as an ``invisible'' first argument. Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\
4095be @code{NULL}, for libcalls. You do not need to define this target\n\
4096hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\
4097argument.\n\
4098\n\
4099On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\
4100is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\
4101caller put it. This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\
4102be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\
4103@var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\
4104the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\
4105the caller.\n\
4106\n\
4107If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\
4108stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\
4109@var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\
4110structure value address at the beginning of a function. If you need\n\
4111to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.",
38f8b050
JR
4112 rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming),
4113 hook_rtx_tree_int_null)
e0d14c39
BS
4114
4115DEFHOOKPOD
4116(omit_struct_return_reg,
4117 "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\
4118is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\
4119arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\
4120pointer return value. Define this to true if that behaviour is\n\
4121undesirable on your target.",
4122 bool, false)
4123
38f8b050
JR
4124DEFHOOK
4125(return_in_memory,
673c2f63
JM
4126 "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\
4127function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\
4128Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\
4129will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\
4130libcalls.\n\
4131\n\
4132Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\
4133by this function. Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\
4134takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems, it is\n\
4135possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\
4136definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\
4137values, and 0 otherwise.\n\
4138\n\
4139Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\
4140be returned in memory. You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\
4141to indicate this.",
38f8b050
JR
4142 bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype),
4143 default_return_in_memory)
4144
4145DEFHOOK
4146(return_in_msb,
673c2f63
JM
4147 "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\
4148at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\
4149padded at the least significant end). You can assume that @var{type}\n\
4150is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\
4151\n\
4152Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\
4153be able to hold the complete return value. For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\
4154or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\
41554-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\
4156@code{SImode} rtx.",
38f8b050
JR
4157 bool, (const_tree type),
4158 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4159
4160/* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference. TYPE may
4161 be null if this is a libcall. CA may be null if this query is
4162 from __builtin_va_arg. */
ec9f85e5 4163DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4164(pass_by_reference,
673c2f63
JM
4165 "This target hook should return @code{true} if an argument at the\n\
4166position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference. This\n\
4167predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\
4168passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)}.\n\
4169\n\
4170If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\
4171pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\
4172The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\
4173to that type.",
38f8b050 4174 bool,
ef4bddc2 4175 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
38f8b050
JR
4176 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4177
4178DEFHOOK
4179(expand_builtin_saveregs,
673c2f63
JM
4180 "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\
4181@code{__builtin_saveregs}. This code will be moved to the very\n\
4182beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made. The\n\
4183return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\
4184to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.",
38f8b050
JR
4185 rtx, (void),
4186 default_expand_builtin_saveregs)
4187
4188/* Returns pretend_argument_size. */
4189DEFHOOK
4190(setup_incoming_varargs,
673c2f63
JM
4191 "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\
4192@code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\
4193@code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. Use it to store the anonymous\n\
4194register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\
4195have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can\n\
4196use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\
4197pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\
4198\n\
4199The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\
4200structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\
4201named arguments. The arguments @var{mode} and @var{type} describe the\n\
4202last named argument---its machine mode and its data type as a tree node.\n\
4203\n\
4204The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\
4205argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\
4206store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\
4207variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}. The value that you\n\
4208store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\
4209frame.\n\
4210\n\
4211Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\
4212compile time without knowing their data types,\n\
4213@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\
4214have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\
4215for all data types.\n\
4216\n\
4217If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\
4218arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This\n\
4219happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\
4220end of the source file. The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\
4221not generate any instructions in this case.",
ef4bddc2 4222 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type,
38f8b050
JR
4223 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4224 default_setup_incoming_varargs)
4225
d5e254e1
IE
4226DEFHOOK
4227(load_bounds_for_arg,
4228 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds of\n\
4229@var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4230bounds of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4231memory, then bounds are loaded as for regular pointer loaded from\n\
4232memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4233constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4234should be used to obtain bounds. Hook returns RTX holding loaded bounds.",
4235 rtx, (rtx slot, rtx arg, rtx slot_no),
4236 default_load_bounds_for_arg)
4237
4238DEFHOOK
4239(store_bounds_for_arg,
4240 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insns to store @var{bounds} of\n\
4241@var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4242@var{bounds} of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4243memory, then @var{bounds} are stored as for regular pointer stored in\n\
4244memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4245constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4246should be used to store @var{bounds}.",
4247 void, (rtx arg, rtx slot, rtx bounds, rtx slot_no),
4248 default_store_bounds_for_arg)
4249
4250DEFHOOK
4251(load_returned_bounds,
4252 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds\n\
4253returned by function call in @var{slot}. Hook returns RTX holding\n\
4254loaded bounds.",
4255 rtx, (rtx slot),
4256 default_load_returned_bounds)
4257
4258DEFHOOK
4259(store_returned_bounds,
4260 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to store @var{bounds}\n\
4261returned by function call into @var{slot}.",
4262 void, (rtx slot, rtx bounds),
4263 default_store_returned_bounds)
4264
4265DEFHOOK
4266(setup_incoming_vararg_bounds,
4267 "Use it to store bounds for anonymous register arguments stored\n\
4268into the stack. Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4269@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}.",
4270 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, enum machine_mode mode, tree type,
4271 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4272 default_setup_incoming_vararg_bounds)
4273
2f21e1ba
BS
4274DEFHOOK
4275(call_args,
4276 "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\
4277for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\
4278@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location. It is called just\n\
4279before the point where argument registers are stored. The type of the\n\
4280function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\
4281@code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls. The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\
4282invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\
4283This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\
4284registers if a target needs it.\n\
4285For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\
4286passed instead of an argument register.\n\
4287Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4288 void, (rtx, tree),
4289 hook_void_rtx_tree)
4290
4291DEFHOOK
4292(end_call_args,
4293 "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\
4294just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo. It\n\
4295signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\
4296emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\
4297Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4298 void, (void),
4299 hook_void_void)
4300
38f8b050
JR
4301DEFHOOK
4302(strict_argument_naming,
673c2f63
JM
4303 "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\
4304argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\
4305\n\
4306This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4307is set for varargs and stdarg functions. If this hook returns\n\
4308@code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\
4309arguments, and false for unnamed arguments. If it returns @code{false},\n\
4310but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\
4311then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named arguments\n\
4312except the last are treated as named.\n\
4313\n\
4314You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.",
d5cc9181 4315 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
38f8b050
JR
4316 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false)
4317
4318/* Returns true if we should use
4319 targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or
4320 targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming(). */
4321DEFHOOK
4322(pretend_outgoing_varargs_named,
673c2f63
JM
4323 "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\
4324@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\
4325@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\
4326defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\
4327@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\
4328Otherwise, you should not define this hook.",
d5cc9181 4329 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
38f8b050
JR
4330 default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named)
4331
4332/* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T
4333 should be passed as two scalars. */
4334DEFHOOK
4335(split_complex_arg,
673c2f63
JM
4336 "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\
4337as two scalar parameters. By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\
4338arguments into the target's word size. Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\
4339to be split and treated as their individual components. For example, on\n\
4340AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\
4341registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\
4342point register.\n\
4343\n\
4344The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\
4345false.",
38f8b050
JR
4346 bool, (const_tree type), NULL)
4347
4348/* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers,
4349 but must be passed on the stack. */
4350/* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference.
4351 Need audit to verify that this is the case. */
4352DEFHOOK
4353(must_pass_in_stack,
673c2f63
JM
4354 "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{type}\n\
4355solely in registers. The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\
4356definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\
4357documentation.",
ef4bddc2 4358 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
38f8b050
JR
4359 must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad)
4360
4361/* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference,
4362 should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than
4363 the caller. It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors. */
4364DEFHOOK
4365(callee_copies,
673c2f63
JM
4366 "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\
4367known to be passed by reference. The hook should return true if the\n\
4368function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\
4369by the caller.\n\
4370\n\
4371For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\
4372determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\
4373not be generated.\n\
4374\n\
4375The default version of this hook always returns false.",
38f8b050 4376 bool,
ef4bddc2 4377 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
38f8b050
JR
4378 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4379
4380/* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely
4381 in registers. If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed
4382 in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack. */
4383DEFHOOK
4384(arg_partial_bytes,
673c2f63
JM
4385 "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\
4386argument that must be put in registers. The value must be zero for\n\
4387arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\
4388pushed on the stack.\n\
4389\n\
4390On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\
4391registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the\n\
4392first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\
4393on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\
4394structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\
4395in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the\n\
4396compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\
4397\n\
4398@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\
4399register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\
4400@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.",
ef4bddc2 4401 int, (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, tree type, bool named),
38f8b050
JR
4402 hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_0)
4403
4404/* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the
4405 argument list. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4406 argument. */
b25b9e8f 4407DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4408(function_arg_advance,
673c2f63
JM
4409 "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\
4410advance past an argument in the argument list. The values @var{mode},\n\
4411@var{type} and @var{named} describe that argument. Once this is done,\n\
4412the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\
4413argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\
4414\n\
4415This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\
4416on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\
4417used for arguments without any special help.",
38f8b050 4418 void,
ef4bddc2 4419 (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
38f8b050
JR
4420 default_function_arg_advance)
4421
4422/* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should
4423 be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the
4424 argument. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4425 argument. */
b25b9e8f 4426DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4427(function_arg,
673c2f63
JM
4428 "Return an RTX indicating whether a function argument is passed in a\n\
4429register and if so, which register.\n\
4430\n\
4431The arguments are @var{ca}, which summarizes all the previous\n\
4432arguments; @var{mode}, the machine mode of the argument; @var{type},\n\
4433the data type of the argument as a tree node or 0 if that is not known\n\
4434(which happens for C support library functions); and @var{named},\n\
4435which is @code{true} for an ordinary argument and @code{false} for\n\
4436nameless arguments that correspond to @samp{@dots{}} in the called\n\
4437function's prototype. @var{type} can be an incomplete type if a\n\
4438syntax error has previously occurred.\n\
4439\n\
4440The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4441register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\
4442on the stack.\n\
4443\n\
d5e254e1
IE
4444The return value can be a @code{const_int} which means argument is\n\
4445passed in a target specific slot with specified number. Target hooks\n\
4446should be used to store or load argument in such case. See\n\
4447@code{TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG} and @code{TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG}\n\
4448for more information.\n\
4449\n\
673c2f63
JM
4450The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@. This is\n\
4451used when an argument is passed in multiple locations. The mode of the\n\
4452@code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument. The\n\
4453@code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\
4454describes where part of the argument is passed. In each\n\
4455@code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4456register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\
4457register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is. The\n\
4458second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\
4459the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\
4460As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\
4461RTX may have a first operand of zero. This indicates that the entire\n\
4462argument is also stored on the stack.\n\
4463\n\
4464The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\
4465VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\
4466pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\
4467\n\
4468@cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\
4469The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\
4470machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\
4471cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is\n\
4472done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\
4473@var{named} is @code{false}.\n\
4474\n\
4475@cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4476@cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4477You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\
4478in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\
4479type that must be passed in the stack. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\
4480is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\
4481argument, the compiler will abort. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\
4482defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\
4483a register.",
ef4bddc2 4484 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
38f8b050
JR
4485 bool named),
4486 default_function_arg)
4487
4488/* Likewise, but for machines with register windows. Return the
4489 location where the argument will appear to the callee. */
b25b9e8f 4490DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4491(function_incoming_arg,
673c2f63
JM
4492 "Define this hook if the target machine has ``register windows'', so\n\
4493that the register in which a function sees an arguments is not\n\
4494necessarily the same as the one in which the caller passed the\n\
4495argument.\n\
4496\n\
4497For such machines, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\
4498which the caller passes the value, and\n\
4499@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\
4500fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\
4501arrive.\n\
4502\n\
4503If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\
4504@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.",
ef4bddc2 4505 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
38f8b050
JR
4506 bool named),
4507 default_function_incoming_arg)
4508
c2ed6cf8
NF
4509DEFHOOK
4510(function_arg_boundary,
673c2f63
JM
4511 "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\
4512with the specified mode and type. The default hook returns\n\
4513@code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.",
ef4bddc2 4514 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
c2ed6cf8
NF
4515 default_function_arg_boundary)
4516
123148b5
BS
4517DEFHOOK
4518(function_arg_round_boundary,
4519 "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\
4520which is the default value for this hook. You can define this hook to\n\
4521return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\
4522value.",
ef4bddc2 4523 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
123148b5
BS
4524 default_function_arg_round_boundary)
4525
38f8b050
JR
4526/* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype
4527 is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */
4528DEFHOOK
4529(invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn,
673c2f63
JM
4530 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4531illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\
4532with prototype @var{typelist}.",
38f8b050
JR
4533 const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val),
4534 hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn)
4535
4536/* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function
4537 specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE. */
4538DEFHOOK
4539(function_value,
673c2f63
JM
4540 "\n\
4541Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4542returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\
4543representing a data type. @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\
4544representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\
4545function being called. If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\
4546compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\
4547Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\
4548a function returns a value.\n\
4549\n\
4550On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\
4551(Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\
4552place regardless of mode.) The value of the expression is usually a\n\
4553@code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\
4554The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\
4555multiple places. See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\
4556@code{parallel} form. Note that the callee will populate every\n\
4557location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\
4558the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\
4559that element as the canonical location and ignore the others. The m68k\n\
4560port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\
4561@samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\
4562\n\
4563If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\
4564the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\
4565@var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\
4566\n\
4567If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\
4568node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\
4569pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\
4570convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\
4571known.\n\
4572\n\
4573Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\
4574which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\
4575the caller sees the value. For such machines, you should return\n\
4576different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\
4577\n\
4578@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\
4579aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way. See\n\
4580@code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.",
38f8b050
JR
4581 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4582 default_function_value)
4583
d5e254e1
IE
4584/* Return the rtx for bounds of returned pointer. */
4585DEFHOOK
4586(chkp_function_value_bounds,
4587 "Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4588returns bounds for returned pointers. Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4589@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE}.",
4590 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4591 default_chkp_function_value_bounds)
4592
38f8b050
JR
4593/* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE,
4594 calling the function FN_NAME. */
4595DEFHOOK
4596(libcall_value,
673c2f63
JM
4597 "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\
4598function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\
4599\n\
4600The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\
4601library function is given by @var{fun}. The hook should return an RTX\n\
4602representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\
4603\n\
4604If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.",
ef4bddc2 4605 rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun),
38f8b050
JR
4606 default_libcall_value)
4607
4608/* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for
4609 a function value as seen by the caller. */
4610DEFHOOK
4611(function_value_regno_p,
673c2f63
JM
4612 "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\
4613register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\
4614\n\
4615A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\
4616second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\
4617recognized by this target hook.\n\
4618\n\
4619If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\
4620function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\
4621should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\
4622\n\
4623If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.",
38f8b050
JR
4624 bool, (const unsigned int regno),
4625 default_function_value_regno_p)
4626
4627/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4628DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4629(internal_arg_pointer,
4630"Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\
4631 current function.",
4632 rtx, (void),
4633 default_internal_arg_pointer)
4634
4635/* Update the current function stack boundary if needed. */
4636DEFHOOK
4637(update_stack_boundary,
673c2f63
JM
4638 "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\
4639necessary.",
38f8b050
JR
4640 void, (void), NULL)
4641
4642/* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign
4643 Argument Pointer if necessary. */
4644DEFHOOK
4645(get_drap_rtx,
673c2f63
JM
4646 "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\
4647different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\
4648argument list due to stack realignment. Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\
4649is needed.",
38f8b050
JR
4650 rtx, (void), NULL)
4651
4652/* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the
4653 stack. */
4654DEFHOOK
4655(allocate_stack_slots_for_args,
673c2f63
JM
4656 "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\
4657arguments should be allocated to stack slots. Normally, GCC allocates\n\
4658stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\
4659debugging easier. However, when a function is declared with\n\
4660@code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\
4661cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\
4662to the stack. Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\
4663false for naked functions. The default implementation always returns true.",
38f8b050
JR
4664 bool, (void),
4665 hook_bool_void_true)
4666
c21df29b
RH
4667/* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE. If INCOMING_P
4668 is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller. */
38f8b050
JR
4669DEFHOOK
4670(static_chain,
673c2f63
JM
4671 "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\
4672targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\
4673nested functions. This may be required if the target has function\n\
4674attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\
4675those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\
4676\n\
4677The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\
4678\n\
4679If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\
4680provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\
4681Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\
4682from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\
4683will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\
4684@findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\
4685@findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\
4686@findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\
4687The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\
4688@code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\
4689to refer to those items.",
c21df29b 4690 rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p),
38f8b050
JR
4691 default_static_chain)
4692
4693/* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a
4694 static chain value of CHAIN. */
4695DEFHOOK
4696(trampoline_init,
673c2f63
JM
4697 "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\
4698@var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\
4699is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\
4700RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\
4701when it is called.\n\
4702\n\
4703If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\
4704first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\
4705from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\
4706Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\
4707trampoline. If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\
4708to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\
4709\n\
4710If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches or\n\
4711enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\
4712initializing the trampoline proper.",
38f8b050
JR
4713 void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain),
4714 default_trampoline_init)
4715
4716/* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way. */
4717DEFHOOK
4718(trampoline_adjust_address,
673c2f63
JM
4719 "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\
4720the address of the trampoline. Its argument contains the address of the\n\
4721memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}. In case\n\
4722the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\
4723address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\
4724be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\
4725If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.",
38f8b050
JR
4726 rtx, (rtx addr), NULL)
4727
4728/* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function
4729 pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the
4730 caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns. */
4731/* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters. */
893d13d5 4732DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4733(return_pops_args,
673c2f63
JM
4734 "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\
4735a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\
4736and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\
4737\n\
4738@var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\
4739the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
4740@code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\
4741From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\
4742\n\
4743@var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\
4744describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
4745@code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\
4746From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\
4747arguments (if known).\n\
4748\n\
4749When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\
4750will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if\n\
4751you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\
4752by their names. Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\
4753a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\
4754in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\
4755\n\
4756@var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\
4757stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\
4758argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\
4759\n\
4760On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\
4761of this macro is @var{size}. On the 68000, using the standard\n\
4762calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\
4763the macro is always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling\n\
4764convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\
4765arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\
4766nothing (the caller pops all). When this convention is in use,\n\
4767@var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\
4768number of arguments.",
38f8b050
JR
4769 int, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, int size),
4770 default_return_pops_args)
4771
ffa88471
SE
4772/* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be
4773 returned. */
4774DEFHOOK
4775(get_raw_result_mode,
4776 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\
4777 registers in @code{__builtin_return}. Define this macro if the value\
4778 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
ef4bddc2 4779 machine_mode, (int regno),
ffa88471
SE
4780 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
4781
4782/* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be
4783 passed. */
4784DEFHOOK
4785(get_raw_arg_mode,
4786 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\
4787 registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}. Define this macro if the value\
4788 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
ef4bddc2 4789 machine_mode, (int regno),
ffa88471
SE
4790 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
4791
38f8b050
JR
4792HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls)
4793
bcb21886
KY
4794DEFHOOK
4795(use_pseudo_pic_reg,
4796 "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\
4797for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.",
4798 bool, (void),
4799 hook_bool_void_false)
4800
4801DEFHOOK
4802(init_pic_reg,
4803 "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\
4804This hook is called at the start of register allocation.",
4805 void, (void),
4806 hook_void_void)
4807
38f8b050
JR
4808/* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE
4809 to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise. */
4810DEFHOOK
4811(invalid_conversion,
673c2f63
JM
4812 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4813invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\
4814if validity should be determined by the front end.",
38f8b050
JR
4815 const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype),
4816 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null)
4817
4818/* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is
4819 not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise. */
4820DEFHOOK
4821(invalid_unary_op,
673c2f63
JM
4822 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4823invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\
4824@code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\
4825if validity should be determined by the front end.",
38f8b050
JR
4826 const char *, (int op, const_tree type),
4827 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null)
4828
4829/* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP
4830 is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise. */
4831DEFHOOK
4832(invalid_binary_op,
673c2f63
JM
4833 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4834invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\
4835and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
4836the front end.",
38f8b050
JR
4837 const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
4838 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null)
4839
4840/* Return the diagnostic message string if TYPE is not valid as a
4841 function parameter type, NULL otherwise. */
4842DEFHOOK
4843(invalid_parameter_type,
673c2f63
JM
4844 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4845invalid for functions to include parameters of type @var{type},\n\
4846or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
4847the front end. This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
38f8b050
JR
4848 const char *, (const_tree type),
4849 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
4850
4851/* Return the diagnostic message string if TYPE is not valid as a
4852 function return type, NULL otherwise. */
4853DEFHOOK
4854(invalid_return_type,
673c2f63
JM
4855 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4856invalid for functions to have return type @var{type},\n\
4857or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
4858the front end. This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
38f8b050
JR
4859 const char *, (const_tree type),
4860 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
4861
4862/* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in
4863 expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type,
4864 or NULL_TREE otherwise. */
4865DEFHOOK
4866(promoted_type,
673c2f63
JM
4867 "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\
4868@var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\
4869analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\
4870front end's normal promotion rules. This hook is useful when there are\n\
4871target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\
4872This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
38f8b050
JR
4873 tree, (const_tree type),
4874 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
4875
4876/* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion
4877 rules are involved. Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply
4878 the standard conversion rules. */
4879DEFHOOK
4880(convert_to_type,
673c2f63
JM
4881 "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\
4882@var{type}. It should return the converted expression,\n\
4883or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\
4884This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\
4885conversion rules.\n\
4886This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
38f8b050
JR
4887 tree, (tree type, tree expr),
4888 hook_tree_tree_tree_null)
4889
5074a1f8
VM
4890/* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA. */
4891DEFHOOK
4892(ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class,
4893 "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from\n\
4894 allocno class calculated by IRA.\n\
4895 \n\
4896 The default version of this target hook always returns given class.",
4897 reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t),
4898 default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class)
4899
55a2c322
VM
4900/* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload. */
4901DEFHOOK
4902(lra_p,
4903 "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\
4904 It means that LRA was ported to the target.\
4905 \
4906 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
4907 bool, (void),
4908 default_lra_p)
4909
4910/* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target. */
4911DEFHOOK
4912(register_priority,
4913 "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\
4914 register @var{hard_regno} belongs to. The bigger the number, the\
4915 more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\
4916 the same). This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\
4917 others in LRA. For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\
4918 additional prefix which makes instructions longer. The hook can\
4919 return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\
4920 and as result making the generated code smaller.\
4921 \
4922 The default version of this target hook returns always zero.",
4923 int, (int),
4924 default_register_priority)
4925
3b9ceb4b
VM
4926/* Return true if we need register usage leveling. */
4927DEFHOOK
4928(register_usage_leveling_p,
4929 "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\
4930 That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\
4931 assignment, we choose the least used hard register. The register\
4932 usage leveling may be profitable for some targets. Don't use the\
4933 usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\
4934 with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\
4935 optimizations.\
4936 \
4937 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
4938 bool, (void),
4939 default_register_usage_leveling_p)
4940
55a2c322
VM
4941/* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different. */
4942DEFHOOK
4943(different_addr_displacement_p,
4944 "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\
4945 can have different maximal legitimate displacement. For example, the\
4946 displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\
4947 the insn.\
4948 \
4949 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
4950 bool, (void),
4951 default_different_addr_displacement_p)
4952
4953/* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers
4954 instead of memory. */
4955DEFHOOK
4956(spill_class,
4957 "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\
4958 pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\
4959 should be used. Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\
4960 @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.",
ef4bddc2 4961 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode),
55a2c322
VM
4962 NULL)
4963
42e37616
DM
4964DEFHOOK
4965(cstore_mode,
4966 "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\
4967 conditional store patterns. The ICODE argument is the instruction code\
4968 for the cstore being performed. Not definiting this hook is the same\
4969 as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\
4970 patterns.",
ef4bddc2 4971 machine_mode, (enum insn_code icode),
42e37616
DM
4972 default_cstore_mode)
4973
d9886a9e
L
4974/* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should
4975 be accessed using BLKmode. */
4976DEFHOOK
4977(member_type_forces_blk,
673c2f63
JM
4978 "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\
4979be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\
4980\n\
4981If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\
4982mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode. @var{mode} is provided in the\n\
4983case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\
4984retain the field's mode.\n\
4985\n\
4986Normally, this is not needed.",
ef4bddc2 4987 bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode),
d9886a9e
L
4988 default_member_type_forces_blk)
4989
38f8b050
JR
4990/* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information. */
4991DEFHOOK
4992(secondary_reload,
673c2f63
JM
4993 "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\
4994from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the\n\
4995@samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\
4996from general registers, but not memory. Below, we shall be using the\n\
4997term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\
4998directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\
4999register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\
5000destination. An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\
5001source and destination. Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\
5002reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\
5003and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\
5004intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\
5005\n\
5006Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\
5007allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\
5008register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\
5009address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\
5010when compiling PIC)@. Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\
5011as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\
5012that being copied. Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\
5013describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\
5014these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\
5015of the scratch register(s).\n\
5016\n\
5017In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\
5018\n\
5019For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\
5020and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\
5021@var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}. For output reloads, this target\n\
5022hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\
5023needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\
5024\n\
5025If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\
5026an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\
5027return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\
5028If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\
5029If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\
5030that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\
5031\n\
5032If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\
5033perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\
5034closest intermediate register. Or if no intermediate register is\n\
5035required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\
5036copy from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\
5037\n\
5038You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\
5039in the md file which performs the move. Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\
5040and input of this copy, respectively. Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\
5041for scratch operands. These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\
5042single-register-class\n\
5043@c [later: or memory]\n\
5044output constraint.\n\
5045\n\
5046When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\
5047hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\
5048register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\
5049have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\
5050\n\
5051@c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\
5052@c the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\
5053@c and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\
5054@c alternative. A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\
5055@c against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\
5056@c constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\
5057@c arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\
5058@c Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\
5059\n\
5060\n\
5061@var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\
5062pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\
5063Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\
5064in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\
5065\n\
5066Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\
5067currently not supported. For the time being, you will have to continue\n\
5068to use @code{SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\
5069\n\
5070@code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\
5071copied. If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\
5072(a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\
5073Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\
5074of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\
5075forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.",
a87cf97e 5076 reg_class_t,
ef4bddc2 5077 (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode,
38f8b050
JR
5078 secondary_reload_info *sri),
5079 default_secondary_reload)
5080
fba42e24
AS
5081/* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS,
5082 return the class of reg to actually use. */
5083DEFHOOK
5084(preferred_reload_class,
673c2f63
JM
5085 "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\
5086to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\
5087@var{rclass}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\
5088another, smaller class.\n\
5089\n\
5090The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\
5091\n\
5092Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
5093example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\
5094for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\
5095@code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\
5096Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\
5097\n\
5098One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\
5099@var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\
5100loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\
5101force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load\n\
5102immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\
5103instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\
5104register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\
5105@var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded\n\
5106into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\
5107@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\
5108of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\
5109\n\
5110If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\
5111through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\
5112to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\
5113reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\
5114this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\
5115the SSE registers (and vice versa).",
fba42e24
AS
5116 reg_class_t,
5117 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5118 default_preferred_reload_class)
5119
abd26bfb
AS
5120/* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of
5121 input reloads. */
5122DEFHOOK
5123(preferred_output_reload_class,
673c2f63
JM
5124 "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\
5125input reloads.\n\
5126\n\
5127The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\
5128argument.\n\
5129\n\
5130You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\
5131reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.",
abd26bfb
AS
5132 reg_class_t,
5133 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5134 default_preferred_output_reload_class)
5135
07b8f0a8
AS
5136DEFHOOK
5137(class_likely_spilled_p,
673c2f63
JM
5138 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\
5139to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\
5140registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\
5141\n\
5142The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\
5143has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise. On most machines, this\n\
5144default should be used. For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\
5145i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\
5146can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\
5147\n\
5148This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\
5149transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\
5150pressure.",
07b8f0a8
AS
5151 bool, (reg_class_t rclass),
5152 default_class_likely_spilled_p)
5153
a8c44c52
AS
5154/* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
5155 needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS. */
5156DEFHOOK
5157(class_max_nregs,
673c2f63
JM
5158 "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\
5159of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\
5160\n\
5161This is closely related to the macro @code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS}. In fact,\n\
5162the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\
5163@var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\
5164@code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\
5165values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\
5166\n\
5167This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\
5168in the reload pass.\n\
5169\n\
5170The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\
5171in words.",
ef4bddc2 5172 unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode),
a8c44c52
AS
5173 default_class_max_nregs)
5174
5f286f4a
YQ
5175DEFHOOK
5176(preferred_rename_class,
5177 "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\
5178 class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\
6d3fbe2f
JR
5179 @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\
5180 preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\
5f286f4a
YQ
5181 is not implemented.\
5182 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\
5183 example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\
5184 smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}. By returning\
5185 @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\
5186 be reduced.",
5187 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass),
5188 default_preferred_rename_class)
5189
d6220b11
KK
5190/* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution
5191 during register allocation. */
5192DEFHOOK
5193(cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p,
5194 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't\n\
5195substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\
5196register allocation.\n\
5197The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5198On most machines, this default should be used. For generally\n\
5199machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\
5200as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.",
5201 bool, (rtx subst),
5202 hook_bool_rtx_false)
5203
14133a4d
KK
5204/* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus
5205 displacement addressing. */
5206DEFHOOK
5207(legitimize_address_displacement,
5208 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if *@var{disp} is\n\
5209legitimezed to valid address displacement with subtracting *@var{offset}\n\
5210at memory mode @var{mode}.\n\
5211The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5212This hook will benefit machines with limited base plus displacement\n\
5213addressing.",
5214 bool, (rtx *disp, rtx *offset, machine_mode mode),
5215 default_legitimize_address_displacement)
5216
38f8b050
JR
5217/* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5218 processing while initializing for variable expansion. */
5219DEFHOOK
5220(expand_to_rtl_hook,
673c2f63
JM
5221 "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\
5222to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\
5223For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\
5224for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\
5225registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\
5226usage.",
38f8b050
JR
5227 void, (void),
5228 hook_void_void)
5229
5230/* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5231 instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet,
5232 but will be later. */
5233DEFHOOK
5234(instantiate_decls,
673c2f63
JM
5235 "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\
5236that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.",
38f8b050
JR
5237 void, (void),
5238 hook_void_void)
5239
5240/* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register
5241 in peephole2. */
5242DEFHOOK
5243(hard_regno_scratch_ok,
673c2f63
JM
5244 "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\
5245@var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\
5246\n\
5247One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\
5248is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\
5249\n\
5250The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.",
38f8b050
JR
5251 bool, (unsigned int regno),
5252 default_hard_regno_scratch_ok)
5253
5254/* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to
5255 use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. */
5256DEFHOOK
5257(case_values_threshold,
673c2f63
JM
5258 "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\
5259is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\
5260The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\
5261five otherwise. This is best for most machines.",
38f8b050
JR
5262 unsigned int, (void),
5263 default_case_values_threshold)
5264
5265/* Retutn true if a function must have and use a frame pointer. */
5266DEFHOOK
5267(frame_pointer_required,
673c2f63
JM
5268 "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\
5269a frame pointer. This target hook is called in the reload pass. If its return\n\
5270value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\
5271\n\
5272This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\
5273according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\
5274constant @code{true} suffices. Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\
5275to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\
5276Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\
5277pointer.\n\
5278\n\
5279In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\
5280without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\
5281automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\
5282@code{TARGET_FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED} returns. You don't need to worry about\n\
5283them.\n\
5284\n\
5285In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\
5286register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\
5287fixed register. See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\
5288\n\
5289Default return value is @code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
5290 bool, (void),
5291 hook_bool_void_false)
5292
5293/* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number
5294 from-reg with register number to-reg. */
5295DEFHOOK
5296(can_eliminate,
673c2f63
JM
5297 "This target hook should returns @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\
5298try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\
5299@var{to_reg}. This target hook need only be defined if @code{ELIMINABLE_REGS}\n\
5300is defined, and will usually be @code{true}, since most of the cases\n\
5301preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\
5302knows about.\n\
5303\n\
5304Default return value is @code{true}.",
38f8b050
JR
5305 bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg),
5306 hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true)
5307
5efd84c5
NF
5308/* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
5309 reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the
5310 target. */
5311DEFHOOK
5312(conditional_register_usage,
673c2f63
JM
5313 "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\
5314@code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\
5315@code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\
5316any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three\n\
5317of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as Boolean vectors).\n\
5318@code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\
5319@code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}. Before the macro is\n\
5320called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\
5321@code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\
5322from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\
5323@code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\
5324@code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\
5325@option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\
5326command options have been applied.\n\
5327\n\
5328@cindex disabling certain registers\n\
5329@cindex controlling register usage\n\
5330If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\
5331flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\
5332@code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\
b48e9677
RS
5333registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@. Also make\n\
5334@code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\
5335that shouldn't be used.\n\
673c2f63
JM
5336\n\
5337(However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\
5338of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\
5339controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\
5340these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)",
5efd84c5
NF
5341 void, (void),
5342 hook_void_void)
5343
38f8b050
JR
5344/* Functions specific to the C family of frontends. */
5345#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5346#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_"
5347HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c)
5348
5349/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
5350DEFHOOK_UNDOC
5351(mode_for_suffix,
5352"Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\
5353 or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.",
ef4bddc2 5354 machine_mode, (char c),
38f8b050
JR
5355 default_mode_for_suffix)
5356
5357HOOK_VECTOR_END (c)
5358
5359/* Functions specific to the C++ frontend. */
5360#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5361#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_"
5362HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx)
5363
5364/* Return the integer type used for guard variables. */
5365DEFHOOK
5366(guard_type,
673c2f63
JM
5367 "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\
5368These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects. The\n\
5369default is long_long_integer_type_node.",
38f8b050
JR
5370 tree, (void),
5371 default_cxx_guard_type)
5372
5373/* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested. */
5374DEFHOOK
5375(guard_mask_bit,
673c2f63
JM
5376 "This hook determines how guard variables are used. It should return\n\
5377@code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used. A return value of\n\
5378@code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.",
38f8b050
JR
5379 bool, (void),
5380 hook_bool_void_false)
5381
5382/* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type. */
5383DEFHOOK
5384(get_cookie_size,
673c2f63
JM
5385 "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\
5386whose elements have the indicated @var{type}. Assumes that it is already\n\
5387known that a cookie is needed. The default is\n\
5388@code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\
5389IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.",
38f8b050
JR
5390 tree, (tree type),
5391 default_cxx_get_cookie_size)
5392
5393/* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie. */
5394DEFHOOK
5395(cookie_has_size,
673c2f63
JM
5396 "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\
5397array cookies. The default is to return @code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
5398 bool, (void),
5399 hook_bool_void_false)
5400
5401/* Allows backends to perform additional processing when
5402 deciding if a class should be exported or imported. */
5403DEFHOOK
5404(import_export_class,
673c2f63
JM
5405 "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\
5406class @var{type} to be overruled. Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\
5407will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\
5408to be imported and 0 otherwise. This function should return the\n\
5409modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\
5410backend's targeted operating system.",
38f8b050
JR
5411 int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL)
5412
5413/* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this". */
5414DEFHOOK
5415(cdtor_returns_this,
673c2f63
JM
5416 "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\
5417the address of the object created/destroyed. The default is to return\n\
5418@code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
5419 bool, (void),
5420 hook_bool_void_false)
5421
5422/* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline
5423 function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class
5424 itself. Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI. */
5425DEFHOOK
5426(key_method_may_be_inline,
673c2f63
JM
5427 "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\
5428which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\
5429table to be emitted) may be an inline function. Under the standard\n\
5430Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\
5431the function is not declared inline in the class definition. Under\n\
5432some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\
5433method. The default is to return @code{true}.",
38f8b050
JR
5434 bool, (void),
5435 hook_bool_void_true)
5436
5437DEFHOOK
5438(determine_class_data_visibility,
5439"@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\
5440 or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\
5441 external linkage in this translation unit. No ELF visibility has been\
5442 explicitly specified. If the target needs to specify a visibility\
5443 other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\
5444 @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.",
5445 void, (tree decl),
5446 hook_void_tree)
5447
5448/* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other
5449 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they
5450 have external linkage. If this hook returns false, then
5451 class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in
5452 only one translation unit will not be COMDAT. */
5453DEFHOOK
5454(class_data_always_comdat,
673c2f63
JM
5455 "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\
5456similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\
5457external linkage. If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\
5458classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\
5459unit will not be COMDAT.",
38f8b050
JR
5460 bool, (void),
5461 hook_bool_void_true)
5462
5463/* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types,
5464 which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT;
5465 false if it should not be COMDAT. */
5466DEFHOOK
5467(library_rtti_comdat,
673c2f63
JM
5468 "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\
5469the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\
5470be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.",
38f8b050
JR
5471 bool, (void),
5472 hook_bool_void_true)
5473
5474/* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
5475 destructors. */
5476DEFHOOK
5477(use_aeabi_atexit,
673c2f63
JM
5478 "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\
5479should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\
5480is in effect. The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.",
38f8b050
JR
5481 bool, (void),
5482 hook_bool_void_false)
5483
5484/* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as
5485 __cxa_atexit to register static destructors. */
5486DEFHOOK
5487(use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit,
673c2f63
JM
5488 "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\
5489in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\
5490destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\
5491shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\
5492unloaded. The default is to return false.",
38f8b050
JR
5493 bool, (void),
5494 hook_bool_void_false)
5495
5496DEFHOOK
5497(adjust_class_at_definition,
5498"@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\
5499 been defined. Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\
5500 visibility or perform any other required target modifications).",
5501 void, (tree type),
5502 hook_void_tree)
5503
5b880ea6
RO
5504DEFHOOK
5505(decl_mangling_context,
5506 "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.",
5507 tree, (const_tree decl),
5508 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5509
38f8b050
JR
5510HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx)
5511
5512/* Functions and data for emulated TLS support. */
5513#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5514#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_"
5515HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls)
5516
5517/* Name of the address and common functions. */
5518DEFHOOKPOD
5519(get_address,
673c2f63
JM
5520 "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\
5521object to locate a TLS instance. The default causes libgcc's\n\
5522emulated TLS helper function to be used.",
38f8b050
JR
5523 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address")
5524
5525DEFHOOKPOD
5526(register_common,
673c2f63
JM
5527 "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\
5528program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\
5529initialized to zero. If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\
5530have explicit initializers. The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\
5531registration function to be used.",
38f8b050
JR
5532 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common")
5533
5534/* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
5535DEFHOOKPOD
5536(var_section,
673c2f63
JM
5537 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\
5538be placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\
5539any section.",
38f8b050
JR
5540 const char *, NULL)
5541
5542DEFHOOKPOD
5543(tmpl_section,
673c2f63
JM
5544 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\
5545placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\
5546section.",
38f8b050
JR
5547 const char *, NULL)
5548
5549/* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
5550DEFHOOKPOD
5551(var_prefix,
673c2f63
JM
5552 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\
5553The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
38f8b050
JR
5554 const char *, NULL)
5555
5556DEFHOOKPOD
5557(tmpl_prefix,
673c2f63
JM
5558 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects. The\n\
5559default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
38f8b050
JR
5560 const char *, NULL)
5561
5562/* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable. */
5563DEFHOOK
5564(var_fields,
673c2f63
JM
5565 "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\
5566object type. @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\
5567@var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\
5568@code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable. The default creates a type suitable\n\
5569for libgcc's emulated TLS function.",
38f8b050
JR
5570 tree, (tree type, tree *name),
5571 default_emutls_var_fields)
5572
5573/* Function to initialize a proxy variable. */
5574DEFHOOK
5575(var_init,
673c2f63
JM
5576 "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\
5577TLS control object. @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\
5578is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\
5579initializer. The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.",
38f8b050
JR
5580 tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr),
5581 default_emutls_var_init)
5582
5583/* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the
5584 proxy variable. */
5585DEFHOOKPOD
5586(var_align_fixed,
673c2f63
JM
5587 "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\
5588fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\
5589single objects. The default is false.",
38f8b050
JR
5590 bool, false)
5591
5592/* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars. */
5593DEFHOOKPOD
5594(debug_form_tls_address,
673c2f63
JM
5595 "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\
5596may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.",
38f8b050
JR
5597 bool, false)
5598
5599HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls)
5600
5601#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5602#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_"
5603HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks)
5604
7aa7f2e3
SL
5605/* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings. If
5606 the option is validated, the hook should also fill in
5607 DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node. */
38f8b050
JR
5608DEFHOOK
5609(valid_attribute_p,
673c2f63
JM
5610 "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\
5611allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\
5612These function-specific options may differ\n\
5613from the options specified on the command line. The hook should return\n\
5614@code{true} if the options are valid.\n\
5615\n\
5616The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\
5617the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\
5618@code{struct cl_target_option} structure.",
38f8b050
JR
5619 bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags),
5620 default_target_option_valid_attribute_p)
5621
5622/* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure. */
5623DEFHOOK
5624(save,
673c2f63
JM
5625 "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\
5626in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\
bf7b5747 5627options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\
673c2f63 5628@xref{Option file format}.",
bf7b5747 5629 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
5630
5631/* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options
5632 structure. */
5633DEFHOOK
5634(restore,
673c2f63
JM
5635 "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\
5636information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
bf7b5747
ST
5637function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.",
5638 void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
38f8b050 5639
59913123
JJ
5640/* Function to update target-specific option information after being
5641 streamed in. */
5642DEFHOOK
5643(post_stream_in,
5644 "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\
5645@code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\
5646LTO bytecode.",
5647 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
5648
38f8b050
JR
5649/* Function to print any extra target state from the target options
5650 structure. */
5651DEFHOOK
5652(print,
673c2f63
JM
5653 "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\
5654information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
5655function-specific options.",
38f8b050
JR
5656 void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
5657
7aa7f2e3 5658/* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to
38f8b050
JR
5659 change the state if the options are valid. If the first argument is
5660 NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use. Return
5661 true if the options are valid, and set the current state. */
56cb42ea 5662DEFHOOK
38f8b050 5663(pragma_parse,
673c2f63
JM
5664 "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\
5665sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\
5666input stream. The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\
5667@code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.",
38f8b050
JR
5668 bool, (tree args, tree pop_target),
5669 default_target_option_pragma_parse)
5670
5671/* Do option overrides for the target. */
5672DEFHOOK
5673(override,
673c2f63
JM
5674 "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\
5675a particular target machine. You can override the hook\n\
5676@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this. This hooks is called\n\
5677once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\
5678\n\
5679Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\
5680@option{-O}. That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\
5681\n\
5682If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\
5683changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\
5684@code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}",
38f8b050 5685 void, (void),
c5387660 5686 hook_void_void)
38f8b050 5687
3649b9b7
ST
5688/* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same
5689 function. DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they
5690 have the same function signature and different target specific attributes,
5691 that is, they are compiled for different target machines. */
5692DEFHOOK
5693(function_versions,
673c2f63
JM
5694 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\
5695versions of the same function. @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\
5696versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\
5697different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\
5698different target machines.",
3649b9b7
ST
5699 bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2),
5700 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
5701
38f8b050
JR
5702/* Function to determine if one function can inline another function. */
5703#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5704#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
5705DEFHOOK
5706(can_inline_p,
673c2f63
JM
5707 "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\
5708cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information. By\n\
5709default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\
5710specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.",
38f8b050
JR
5711 bool, (tree caller, tree callee),
5712 default_target_can_inline_p)
5713
63b0cb04
CB
5714DEFHOOK
5715(relayout_function,
5716"This target hook fixes function @var{fndecl} after attributes are processed. Default does nothing. On ARM, the default function's alignment is updated with the attribute target.",
5717 void, (tree fndecl),
5718 hook_void_tree)
5719
38f8b050
JR
5720HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option)
5721
5722/* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to
5723 the function, they should define this target hook and set their
5724 bits in the bitmap passed in. */
5725DEFHOOK
5726(extra_live_on_entry,
673c2f63
JM
5727 "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\
5728function. This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\
5729cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\
5730registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\
5731TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\
5732FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.",
38f8b050
JR
5733 void, (bitmap regs),
5734 hook_void_bitmap)
5735
aaeaa9a9 5736/* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are
73b3e61b
TV
5737 present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local
5738 definition. */
aaeaa9a9
RO
5739DEFHOOKPOD
5740(call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers,
73b3e61b
TV
5741 "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\
5742clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\
5743That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\
5744linker (e.g. stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\
5745modifiable by the callee. The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\
5746in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\
5747The default version of this hook is set to false. The purpose of this hook\n\
1e288103 5748is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.",
aaeaa9a9
RO
5749 bool,
5750 false)
5751
ee3d2ecd
JJ
5752/* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset. */
5753DEFHOOK
5754(set_up_by_prologue,
5755 "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\
5756 to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.",
5757 void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *),
5758 NULL)
5759
d45eae79
SL
5760/* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a
5761 function's return statements need checking. For instance a 'naked'
5762 function attribute. */
5763DEFHOOK
5764(warn_func_return,
5765 "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching the function's return type. This includes checking for falling off the end of a non-void function. Return false if no such check should be made.",
5766 bool, (tree),
5767 hook_bool_tree_true)
5768
f0a0390e
RH
5769/* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging. */
5770DEFHOOK
5771(debug_unwind_info,
673c2f63
JM
5772 "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\
5773unwind information to the debugger. Normally the hook will return\n\
5774@code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\
5775return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\
5776\n\
5777A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\
5778is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\
5779\n\
5780A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\
5781This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.",
f0a0390e
RH
5782 enum unwind_info_type, (void),
5783 default_debug_unwind_info)
5784
c354951b
AK
5785/* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not
5786 defined at this time. */
5787DEFHOOK
5788(canonicalize_comparison,
673c2f63
JM
5789 "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\
5790convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha\n\
5791does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\
5792comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\
5793\n\
5794On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\
5795@var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\
5796are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively. If\n\
5797@var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\
5798allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\
5799in RTXs which aren't comparisons. E.g. the implementation is not\n\
5800allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\
5801\n\
5802GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\
5803valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\
5804@file{md} file.\n\
5805\n\
5806You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\
5807comparison code or operands.",
c354951b
AK
5808 void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value),
5809 default_canonicalize_comparison)
5810
57c5ab1b
RH
5811DEFHOOKPOD
5812(atomic_test_and_set_trueval,
5813 "This value should be set if the result written by\
5814 @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e. the\
5815 @code{bool} @code{true}.",
5816 unsigned char, 1)
267bac10 5817
fceec4d3
AM
5818/* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic
5819 type which maps to machine MODE. This allows alignment to be overridden
5820 as needed. */
5821DEFHOOK
5822(atomic_align_for_mode,
5823"If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\
5824 atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}. If 0 is returned then the\
5825 default alignment for the specified mode is used. ",
ef4bddc2 5826 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
fceec4d3
AM
5827 hook_uint_mode_0)
5828
267bac10
JM
5829DEFHOOK
5830(atomic_assign_expand_fenv,
5831"ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\
5832 exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\
5833 whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence. \
5834 This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\
5835 @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\
5836 appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence. This hook should\
5837 set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\
5838 @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\
5839 the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\
5840 equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}. The three expressions are\
5841 @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\
5842 if no code is required in a particular place. The default implementation\
5843 leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}. The\
5844 @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\
5845 as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.",
5846 void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update),
5847 default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv)
5848
38f8b050
JR
5849/* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
5850
38f8b050
JR
5851/* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section
5852 and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space. */
5853DEFHOOKPOD
5854(have_switchable_bss_sections,
673c2f63
JM
5855 "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\
5856section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\
5857This is true on most ELF targets.",
38f8b050
JR
5858 bool, false)
5859
5860/* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported,
5861 false if we're using collect2 for the job. */
5862DEFHOOKPOD
5863(have_ctors_dtors,
673c2f63
JM
5864 "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\
5865collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\
5866It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.",
38f8b050
JR
5867 bool, false)
5868
5869/* True if thread-local storage is supported. */
5870DEFHOOKPOD
5871(have_tls,
673c2f63
JM
5872 "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\
5873The default value is false.",
38f8b050
JR
5874 bool, false)
5875
5876/* True if a small readonly data section is supported. */
5877DEFHOOKPOD
5878(have_srodata_section,
673c2f63
JM
5879 "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\
5880``small data'' into a separate section. The default value is false.",
38f8b050
JR
5881 bool, false)
5882
5883/* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated. */
5884DEFHOOKPOD
5885(terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info,
673c2f63
JM
5886 "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\
5887end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\
5888Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\
5889true otherwise.",
38f8b050
JR
5890 bool, true)
5891
5892/* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output. */
5893DEFHOOKPOD
5894(asm_file_start_app_off,
673c2f63
JM
5895 "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\
5896printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\
5897@option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect. (If that macro has been defined\n\
5898to the empty string, this variable has no effect.) With the normal\n\
5899definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\
5900assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\
5901whitespace from its input. This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\
5902\n\
5903The default is false. You should not set it to true unless you have\n\
5904verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\
5905comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.",
38f8b050
JR
5906 bool, false)
5907
5908/* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename
5909 at the beginning of assembly output. */
5910DEFHOOKPOD
5911(asm_file_start_file_directive,
673c2f63
JM
5912 "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\
5913for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\
5914@code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled). Most ELF assemblers expect\n\
5915this to be done. The default is false.",
38f8b050 5916 bool, false)
38f8b050
JR
5917
5918/* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the
5919 ARM EABI. The effects the encoding of function exception specifications. */
5920DEFHOOKPOD
5921(arm_eabi_unwinder,
673c2f63
JM
5922 "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\
5923based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets. This effects\n\
5924the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\
5925running a cleanup. The default is @code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
5926 bool, false)
5927
9730bc27
TT
5928DEFHOOKPOD
5929(want_debug_pub_sections,
5930 "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\
5931 should be emitted. These sections are not used on most platforms, and\
5932 in particular GDB does not use them.",
5933 bool, false)
5934
638c962f
JH
5935DEFHOOKPOD
5936(force_at_comp_dir,
5937 "True if the @code{DW_AT_comp_dir} attribute should be emitted for each \
5938 compilation unit. This attribute is required for the darwin linker \
5939 to emit debug information.",
5940 bool, false)
5941
2ba42841 5942DEFHOOKPOD
a50fa76a 5943(delay_sched2, "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
2ba42841
AO
5944This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
5945bool, false)
5946
5947DEFHOOKPOD
a50fa76a 5948(delay_vartrack, "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
2ba42841
AO
5949This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
5950bool, false)
5951
a50fa76a
BS
5952DEFHOOKPOD
5953(no_register_allocation, "True if register allocation and the passes\n\
5954following it should not be run. Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\
5955targets.",
5956bool, false)
5957
38f8b050
JR
5958/* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
5959
06b90602
CB
5960/* Functions related to mode switching. */
5961#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5962#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_"
5963HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching)
5964
5965DEFHOOK
5966(emit,
cbb1e3d9
CB
5967 "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}. @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.",
5968 void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
06b90602
CB
5969
5970DEFHOOK
5971(needed,
cbb1e3d9 5972 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element in @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity} must be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}.",
ac44248e 5973 int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
06b90602
CB
5974
5975DEFHOOK
5976(after,
5977 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode switching. It determines the mode that an insn results in (if different from the incoming mode).",
ac44248e 5978 int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
06b90602
CB
5979
5980DEFHOOK
5981(entry,
5982 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry. If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} must be defined.",
5983 int, (int entity), NULL)
5984
5985DEFHOOK
5986(exit,
5987 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit. If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} must be defined.",
5988 int, (int entity), NULL)
5989
5990DEFHOOK
5991(priority,
5992 "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity} are processed. 0 is the highest priority, @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest. The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode for @var{entity}. For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority} (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{} @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.",
5993 int, (int entity, int n), NULL)
5994
5995HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching)
5996
4bccb39e
RS
5997#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5998#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
5999
6000#define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6001 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false)
6002#include "target-insns.def"
6003#undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6004
6005#define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6006 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL)
6007#include "target-insns.def"
6008#undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6009
8684d89d
RS
6010#define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6011 DEFHOOKPOD (code_for_##NAME, "*", enum insn_code, CODE_FOR_nothing)
6012#include "target-insns.def"
6013#undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6014
38f8b050
JR
6015/* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition. */
6016HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK)
06b90602 6017
This page took 3.880136 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.